In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices performing IPv4 forwarding need to update their multipath hash
policy whenever it is changed.
Inform these devices by generating a netevent.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 8200 (IPv6) defines Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options
extension headers. Both of these carry a list of TLVs which is
only limited by the maximum length of the extension header (2048
bytes). By the spec a host must process all the TLVs in these
options, however these could be used as a fairly obvious
denial of service attack. I think this could in fact be
a significant DOS vector on the Internet, one mitigating
factor might be that many FWs drop all packets with EH (and
obviously this is only IPv6) so an Internet wide attack might not
be so effective (yet!).
By my calculation, the worse case packet with TLVs in a standard
1500 byte MTU packet that would be processed by the stack contains
1282 invidual TLVs (including pad TLVS) or 724 two byte TLVs. I
wrote a quick test program that floods a whole bunch of these
packets to a host and sure enough there is substantial time spent
in ip6_parse_tlv. These packets contain nothing but unknown TLVS
(that are ignored), TLV padding, and bogus UDP header with zero
payload length.
25.38% [kernel] [k] __fib6_clean_all
21.63% [kernel] [k] ip6_parse_tlv
4.21% [kernel] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
2.18% [kernel] [k] ip6_pol_route.isra.39
1.98% [kernel] [k] fib6_walk_continue
1.88% [kernel] [k] _raw_write_lock_bh
1.65% [kernel] [k] dst_release
This patch adds configurable limits to Destination and Hop-by-Hop
options. There are three limits that may be set:
- Limit the number of options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Limit the byte length of a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Disallow unrecognized options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination
options extension header.
The limits are set in corresponding sysctls:
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_len
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_len
If a max_*_opts_cnt is less than zero then unknown TLVs are disallowed.
The number of known TLVs that are allowed is the absolute value of
this number.
If a limit is exceeded when processing an extension header the packet is
dropped.
Default values are set to 8 for options counts, and set to INT_MAX
for maximum length. Note the choice to limit options to 8 is an
arbitrary guess (roughly based on the fact that the stack supports
three HBH options and just one destination option).
These limits have being proposed in draft-ietf-6man-rfc6434-bis.
Tested (by Martin Lau)
I tested out 1 thread (i.e. one raw_udp process).
I changed the net.ipv6.max_dst_(opts|hbh)_number between 8 to 2048.
With sysctls setting to 2048, the softirq% is packed to 100%.
With 8, the softirq% is almost unnoticable from mpstat.
v2;
- Code and documention cleanup.
- Change references of RFC2460 to be RFC8200.
- Add reference to RFC6434-bis where the limits will be in standard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since tc_can_offload is always called from block callback or egdev
callback, no need to check if ndo_setup_tc exists.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-11-01
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.15 kernel.
- New NFA344A device entry for btusb drvier
- Fix race conditions in hci_ldisc
- Fix for isochronous interface assignments in btusb driver
- A few other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on SNMP values provided by Roman, Yuchung made the observation
that some crashes in tcp_sacktag_walk() might be caused by MTU probing.
Looking at tcp_mtu_probe(), I found that when a new skb was placed
in front of the write queue, we were not updating tcp highest sack.
If one skb is freed because all its content was copied to the new skb
(for MTU probing), then tp->highest_sack could point to a now freed skb.
Bad things would then happen, including infinite loops.
This patch renames tcp_highest_sack_combine() and uses it
from tcp_mtu_probe() to fix the bug.
Note that I also removed one test against tp->sacked_out,
since we want to replace tp->highest_sack regardless of whatever
condition, since keeping a stale pointer to freed skb is a recipe
for disaster.
Fixes: a47e5a988a ("[TCP]: Convert highest_sack to sk_buff to allow direct access")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the error messages displayed in kernel log to include
hwaddress of the source machine that caused ipv6 duplicate address
detection failures.
Examples:
a) When we receive a NA packet from another machine advertising our
address:
ICMPv6: NA: 34🆎cd:56:11:e8 advertised our address 2001:db8:: on eth0!
b) When we detect DAD failure during address assignment to an interface:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address 2001:db8:: used by 34🆎cd:56:11:e8
detected!
v2:
Changed %pI6 to %pI6c in ndisc_recv_na()
Chaged the v6 address in the commit message to 2001:db8::
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the connection timeout for LE connections that are
triggered by the advertising report to 4 seconds.
It has been observed that devices equipped with wifi+bt combo SoC fail
to create a connection with BLE devices due to their coexistence issues.
Increasing this timeout gives them enough time to complete the
connection with success.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Zapałowicz <konrad.zapalowicz@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
two extra #include are not necessary in tcp.h
Remove them.
Fixes: 40304b2a15 ("bpf: BPF support for sock_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA exposes an enumerated type for the ports, we can use them
directly instead of checking bitmaps, which is more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames dsa_is_normal_port to dsa_is_user_port because "user"
is the correct term in the DSA terminology, not "normal".
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to know if a port is of type user, dsa_is_normal_port checks
that the given port is not of type DSA nor CPU. This is not enough
because a port can be unused.
Without the previous fix, this caused the unused mv88e6xxx ports to be
configured in normal mode.
The ds->enabled_port_mask reports the user ports, so check this instead.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the comment above the chunk states, the b53 driver attempts to
disable the unused ports. But using ds->enabled_port_mask is misleading,
because this mask reports in fact the user ports.
To avoid confusion and fix this, this patch introduces an explicit
dsa_is_unused_port helper which ensures the corresponding bit is not
masked in any of the switch port masks.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 0da4af00b2 ("ipv6: only update __use and lastusetime
once per jiffy at most"), updating the dst lastuse field is an
unlikely action: it happens at most once per jiffy, out of
potentially millions of calls per second.
Mark explicitly the code as such, and let the compiler generate
better code.
Note: gcc 7.2 and several older versions do actually generate
different - better - code when the unlikely() hint is in place,
avoid jump in the fast path and keeping better code locality.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark hlist node in sk rcu iterator as protected by the rcu.
hlist_next_rcu accomplishes this and silences the warnings
sparse throws.
Found with make C=1 net/ipv4/udp.o on linux-next tag
next-20171009.
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are no longer in use by drivers, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to in_validator_info and in6_validator_info. Update the one
user of each, ipvlan, to return an error message for failures.
Only manual configuration of an address is plumbed in the IPv6 code path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=YkMB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20171018' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add bits for kernel services
Here are some patches that add a few things for kernel services to use:
(1) Allow service upgrade to be requested and allow the resultant actual
service ID to be obtained.
(2) Allow the RTT time of a call to be obtained.
(3) Allow a kernel service to find out if a call is still alive on a
server between transmitting a request and getting the reply.
(4) Allow data transmission to ignore signals if transmission progress is
being made in reasonable time. This is also usable by userspace by
passing MSG_WAITALL to sendmsg()[*].
[*] I'm not sure this is the right interface for this or whether a sockopt
should be used instead.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com> # for ieee802154
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure is part of DSA core data and must only be updated
by the later. It is OK and sometimes necessary for the DSA drivers to
access this data, but this has to be read only.
For that purpose, add a dsa_to_port() helper which returns a const
pointer to a dsa_port structure which must be used by DSA drivers from
now on instead of digging into ds->ports[] themselves.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a couple of functions to allow cleaner handling of signals in a
kernel service. They are:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_get_rtt()
This allows the kernel service to find out the RTT time for a call, so
as to better judge how large a timeout to employ.
Note, though, that whilst this returns a value in nanoseconds, the
timeouts can only actually be in jiffies.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_check_life()
This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the
peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by
sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server).
The caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call
is still alive.
These can be used to provide an extending timeout rather than returning
immediately in the case that a signal occurs that would otherwise abort an
RPC operation. The timeout would be extended if the server is still
responsive and the call is still apparently alive on the server.
For most operations this isn't that necessary - but for FS.StoreData it is:
OpenAFS writes the data to storage as it comes in without making a backup,
so if we immediately abort it when partially complete on a CTRL+C, say, we
have no idea of the state of the file after the abort.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide support for a kernel service to make use of the service upgrade
facility. This involves:
(1) Pass an upgrade request flag to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call().
(2) Make rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() return the call's current service ID so
that the caller can detect service upgrade and see what the service
was upgraded to.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The fq structure would fail to properly enforce the memory limit in the case
where the packet being enqueued was bigger than the packet being removed to
bring the memory usage down. So keep dropping packets until the memory usage is
back below the limit. Also, fix the statistics for memory limit violations.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to not dirty the cacheline too often, we try to only update
dst->__use and dst->lastusetime at most once per jiffy.
As dst->lastusetime is only used by ipv6 garbage collector, it should
be good enough time resolution.
And __use is only used in ipv6_route_seq_show() to show how many times a
dst has been used. And as __use is not atomic_t right now, it does not
show the precise number of usage times anyway. So we think it should be
OK to only update it at most once per jiffy.
According to my latest syn flood test on a machine with intel Xeon 6th
gen processor and 2 10G mlx nics bonded together, each with 8 rx queues
on 2 NUMA nodes:
With this patch, the packet process rate increases from ~3.49Mpps to
~3.75Mpps with a 7% increase rate.
Note: dst_use() is being renamed to dst_hold_and_use() to better specify
the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@googl.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever the block->q is set, it can be used instead of tp->q as it
contains the same value. When it is not set, which can't happen now but
it might happen with the follow-up shared blocks introduction, the class
is not set in the result. That would lead to a class lookup instead
of direct class pointer use for classful qdiscs. However, it is not
planned to support classful qdisqs sharing filter blocks, so that may
never happen.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers allows to get a q and netdev pointers
for given block easily.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove three inline helpers that are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yury reported crash with this signature :
[ 554.034021] [<ffff80003ccd5a58>] 0xffff80003ccd5a58
[ 554.034156] [<ffff00000888fd34>] skb_release_all+0x14/0x30
[ 554.034288] [<ffff00000888fd64>] __kfree_skb+0x14/0x28
[ 554.034409] [<ffff0000088ece6c>] tcp_sendmsg_locked+0x4dc/0xcc8
[ 554.034541] [<ffff0000088ed68c>] tcp_sendmsg+0x34/0x58
[ 554.034659] [<ffff000008919fd4>] inet_sendmsg+0x2c/0xf8
[ 554.034783] [<ffff0000088842e8>] sock_sendmsg+0x18/0x30
[ 554.034928] [<ffff0000088861fc>] SyS_sendto+0x84/0xf8
Problem is that skb->destructor contains garbage, and this is
because I accidentally removed tcp_skb_tsorted_anchor_cleanup()
from tcp_unlink_write_queue()
This would trigger with a write(fd, <invalid_memory>, len) attempt,
and we will add to packetdrill this capability to avoid future
regressions.
Fixes: 75c119afe1 ("tcp: implement rb-tree based retransmit queue")
Reported-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW8q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Work continues in various areas:
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add to the FQ API a way to filter a given tin, in order to
remove frames that fulfil certain criteria according to a
filter function.
This will be used by mac80211 to remove frames belonging to
an AP VLAN interface that's being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_*() functions require allocation of per-cpu
metadata_dst. The allocation happens upon verification of the
first program using those helpers. In preparation for removing
the verifier lock, use cmpxchg() to make sure we only allocate
the metadata_dsts once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER switchdev notification type, used
to indicate whether the bridge is or isn't mrouter. Notify when the bridge
changes its state, similarly to the already existing bridged port mrouter
notifications.
The notification uses the switchdev_attr.u.mrouter boolean flag to indicate
the current bridge mrouter status. Thus, it only indicates whether the
bridge is currently used as an mrouter or not, and does not indicate the
exact mrouter state of the bridge (learning, permanent, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phonet_protocol structs don't need to be written by anyone and
so can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, most of the rt6_stats are not hooked up correctly. As the
last part of this patch series, hook up all existing rt6_stats and add
one new stat fib_rt_uncache to indicate the number of routes in the
uncached list.
For details of the stats, please refer to the comments added in
include/net/ip6_fib.h.
Note: fib_rt_alloc and fib_rt_uncache are not guaranteed to be modified
under a lock. So atomic_t is used for them.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the preparation work before, we are now ready to replace rwlock
with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table.
That means now all fib6_node in fib6_table are protected by rcu. And
when freeing fib6_node, call_rcu() is used to wait for the rcu grace
period before releasing the memory.
When accessing fib6_node, corresponding rcu APIs need to be used.
And all previous sessions protected by the write lock will now be
protected by the spin lock per table.
All previous sessions protected by read lock will now be protected by
rcu_read_lock().
A couple of things to note here:
1. As part of the work of replacing rwlock with rcu, the linked list of
fn->leaf now has to be rcu protected as well. So both fn->leaf and
rt->dst.rt6_next are now __rcu tagged and corresponding rcu APIs are
used when manipulating them.
2. For fn->rr_ptr, first of all, it also needs to be rcu protected now
and is tagged with __rcu and rcu APIs are used in corresponding places.
Secondly, fn->rr_ptr is changed in rt6_select() which is a reader
thread. This makes the issue a bit complicated. We think a valid
solution for it is to let rt6_select() grab the tb6_lock if it decides
to change it. As it is not in the normal operation and only happens when
there is no valid neighbor cache for the route, we think the performance
impact should be low.
3. fib6_walk_continue() has to be called with tb6_lock held even in the
route dumping related functions, e.g. inet6_dump_fib(),
fib6_tables_dump() and ipv6_route_seq_ops. It is because
fib6_walk_continue() makes modifications to the walker structure, and so
are fib6_repair_tree() and fib6_del_route(). In order to do proper
syncing between them, we need to let fib6_walk_continue() hold the lock.
We may be able to do further improvement on the way we do the tree walk
to get rid of the need for holding the spin lock. But not for now.
4. When fib6_del_route() removes a route from the tree, we no longer
mark rt->dst.rt6_next to NULL to make simultaneous reader be able to
further traverse the list with rcu. However, rt->dst.rt6_next is only
valid within this same rcu period. No one should access it later.
5. All the operation of atomic_inc(rt->rt6i_ref) is changed to be
performed before we publish this route (either by linking it to fn->leaf
or insert it in the list pointed by fn->leaf) just to be safe because as
soon as we publish the route, some read thread will be able to access it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_add() logic currently calls fib6_add_1() to figure out what node
should be used for the newly added route and then call
fib6_add_rt2node() to insert the route to the node.
And during the call of fib6_add_1(), fn_sernum is updated for all nodes
that share the same prefix as the new route.
This does not have issue in the current code because reader thread will
not be able to access the tree while writer thread is inserting new
route to it. However, it is not the case once we transition to use RCU.
Reader thread could potentially see the new fn_sernum before the new
route is inserted. As a result, reader thread's route lookup will return
a stale route with the new fn_sernum.
In order to solve this issue, we remove all the update of fn_sernum in
fib6_add_1(), and instead, introduce a new function that updates fn_sernum
for all related nodes and call this functions once the route is
successfully inserted to the tree.
Also, smp_wmb() is used after a route is successfully inserted into the
fib tree and right before the updated of fn->sernum. And smp_rmb() is
used right after fn->sernum is accessed in rt6_get_cookie_safe(). This
is to guarantee that when the reader thread sees the new fn->sernum, the
new route is already inserted in the tree in memory.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes use of the exception hash table implementation to
store dst caches created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect into the hash
table under the rt_info and no longer inserts these routes into fib6
tree.
This makes the fib6 tree only contain static configured routes and could
now be protected by rcu instead of a rw lock.
With this change, in the route lookup related functions, after finding
the rt6_info with the longest prefix, we also need to search for the
exception table before doing backtracking.
In the route delete function, if the route being deleted is not a dst
cache, deletion of this route also need to flush the whole hash table
under it. If it is a dst cache, then only delete the cached dst in the
hash table.
Note: for fib6_walk_continue() function, w->root now is always pointing
to a root node considering that fib6_prune_clones() is removed from the
code. So we add a WARN_ON() msg to make sure w->root always points to a
root node and also removed the update of w->root in fib6_repair_tree().
This is a prerequisite for later patch because we don't need to make
w->root as rcu protected when replacing rwlock with RCU.
Also, we remove all prune related variables as it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_locate() is used to find the fib6_node according to the passed in
prefix address key. It currently tries to find the fib6_node with the
exact match of the passed in key. However, when we move cached routes
into the exception table, fib6_locate() will fail to find the fib6_node
for it as the cached routes will be stored in the exception table under
the fib6_node with the longest prefix match of the cache's dst addr key.
This commit adds a new parameter to let the caller specify if it needs
exact match or longest prefix match.
Right now, all callers still does exact match when calling
fib6_locate(). It will be changed in later commit where exception table
is hooked up to store cached routes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all dst cache entries are stored in the exception table under the
main route, we have to go through them during fib6_age() when doing
garbage collecting.
Introduce a new function rt6_age_exception() which goes through all dst
entries in the exception table and remove those entries that are expired.
This function is called in fib6_age() so that all dst caches are also
garbage collected.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a hash table into struct rt6_info in order to store dst caches
created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect in ipv6 routing code.
APIs to add dst cache, delete dst cache, find dst cache and update
dst cache in the hash table are implemented and will be used in later
commits.
This is a preparation work to move all cache routes into the exception
table instead of getting inserted into the fib6 tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function takes a route as input and tries to update the sernum in
the fib6_node this route is associated with. It will be used in later
commit when adding a cached route into the exception table under that
route.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a linear list to store all skbs in write queue has been okay
for quite a while : O(N) is not too bad when N < 500.
Things get messy when N is the order of 100,000 : Modern TCP stacks
want 10Gbit+ of throughput even with 200 ms RTT flows.
40 ns per cache line miss means a full scan can use 4 ms,
blowing away CPU caches.
SACK processing often can use various hints to avoid parsing
whole retransmit queue. But with high packet losses and/or high
reordering, hints no longer work.
Sender has to process thousands of unfriendly SACK, accumulating
a huge socket backlog, burning a cpu and massively dropping packets.
Using an rb-tree for retransmit queue has been avoided for years
because it added complexity and overhead, but now is the time
to be more resistant and say no to quadratic behavior.
1) RTX queue is no longer part of the write queue : already sent skbs
are stored in one rb-tree.
2) Since reaching the head of write queue no longer needs
sk->sk_send_head, we added an union of sk_send_head and tcp_rtx_queue
Tested:
On receiver :
netem on ingress : delay 150ms 200us loss 1
GRO disabled to force stress and SACK storms.
for f in `seq 1 10`
do
./netperf -H lpaa6 -l30 -- -K bbr -o THROUGHPUT|tail -1
done | awk '{print $0} {sum += $0} END {printf "%7u\n",sum}'
Before patch :
323.87
351.48
339.59
338.62
306.72
204.07
304.93
291.88
202.47
176.88
2840
After patch:
1700.83
2207.98
2070.17
1544.26
2114.76
2124.89
1693.14
1080.91
2216.82
1299.94
18053
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the upcoming rtx rbtree will add some extra code,
it is time to not inline this fat function anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit cc71b7b071 ("net/ipv6: remove unused err variable on
icmpv6_push_pending_frames") exposed icmpv6_push_pending_frames
return value not being used.
Remove now unnecessary int err declarations and uses.
Miscellanea:
o Remove unnecessary goto and out: labels
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merging this brings in the timer_setup() change, which allows
me to apply Kees's mac80211 changes for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new queue (list) that tracks the sent but not yet
acked or SACKed skbs for a TCP connection. The list is chronologically
ordered by skb->skb_mstamp (the head is the oldest sent skb).
This list will be used to optimize TCP Rack recovery, which checks
an skb's timestamp to judge if it has been lost and needs to be
retransmitted. Since TCP write queue is ordered by sequence instead
of sent time, RACK has to scan over the write queue to catch all
eligible packets to detect lost retransmission, and iterates through
SACKed skbs repeatedly.
Special cares for rare events:
1. TCP repair fakes skb transmission so the send queue needs adjusted
2. SACK reneging would require re-inserting SACKed skbs into the
send queue. For now I believe it's not worth the complexity to
make RACK work perfectly on SACK reneging, so we do nothing here.
3. Fast Open: currently for non-TFO, send-queue correctly queues
the pure SYN packet. For TFO which queues a pure SYN and
then a data packet, send-queue only queues the data packet but
not the pure SYN due to the structure of TFO code. This is okay
because the SYN receiver would never respond with a SACK on a
missing SYN (i.e. SYN is never fast-retransmitted by SACK/RACK).
In order to not grow sk_buff, we use an union for the new list and
_skb_refdst/destructor fields. This is a bit complicated because
we need to make sure _skb_refdst and destructor are properly zeroed
before skb is cloned/copied at transmit, and before being freed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in the TCP code, the initialization sequence for cached
metrics, congestion control, BPF, etc, after successful connection
is very inconsistent. This introduces inconsistent bevhavior and is
prone to bugs. The current call sequence is as follows:
(1) for active case (tcp_finish_connect() case):
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
(2) for passive case (tcp_rcv_state_process() TCP_SYN_RECV case):
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
(3) for TFO passive case (tcp_fastopen_create_child()):
inet_csk(child)->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(child);
tcp_init_congestion_control(child);
tcp_mtup_init(child);
tcp_init_metrics(child);
tcp_call_bpf(child, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_buffer_space(child);
This commit uniforms the above functions to have the following sequence:
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE/PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
This sequence is the same as the (1) active case. We pick this sequence
because this order correctly allows BPF to override the settings
including congestion control module and initial cwnd, etc from
the route, and then allows the CC module to see those settings.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two state fields: socket->state and sock->sk_state. The
socket->state field uses SS_UNCONNECTED, SS_CONNECTED, etc while the
sock->sk_state typically uses values that match TCP state constants
(TCP_CLOSE, TCP_ESTABLISHED). AF_VSOCK does not follow this convention
and instead uses SS_* constants for both fields.
The sk_state field will be exposed to userspace through the vsock_diag
interface for ss(8), netstat(8), and other programs.
This patch switches sk_state to TCP state constants so that the meaning
of this field is consistent with other address families. Not just
AF_INET and AF_INET6 use the TCP constants, AF_UNIX and others do too.
The following mapping was used to convert the code:
SS_FREE -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_UNCONNECTED -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_CONNECTING -> TCP_SYN_SENT
SS_CONNECTED -> TCP_ESTABLISHED
SS_DISCONNECTING -> TCP_CLOSING
VSOCK_SS_LISTEN -> TCP_LISTEN
In __vsock_create() the sk_state initialization was dropped because
sock_init_data() already initializes sk_state to TCP_CLOSE.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vsock_diag.ko module will need to check socket table membership.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket table symbols need to be exported from vsock.ko so that the
vsock_diag.ko module will be able to traverse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack to do_set_master and down to ndo_add_slave
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no users in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.2 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_RR).
Works by maintaining a list of enqueued streams and tracking the last
one used to send data. When the datamsg is done, it switches to the next
stream.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.4 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_PRIO).
It works by having a struct sctp_stream_priority for each priority
configured. This struct is then enlisted on a queue ordered per priority
if, and only if, there is a stream with data queued, so that dequeueing
is very straightforward: either finish current datamsg or simply dequeue
from the highest priority queued, which is the next stream pointed, and
that's it.
If there are multiple streams assigned with the same priority and with
data queued, it will do round robin amongst them while respecting
datamsgs boundaries (when not using idata chunks), to be reasonably
fair.
We intentionally don't maintain a list of priorities nor a list of all
streams with the same priority to save memory. The first would mean at
least 2 other pointers per priority (which, for 1000 priorities, that
can mean 16kB) and the second would also mean 2 other pointers but per
stream. As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams on a given asoc, that's
1MB. This impacts when giving a priority to some stream, as we have to
find out if the new priority is already being used and if we can free
the old one, and also when tearing down.
The new fields in struct sctp_stream_out_ext and sctp_stream are added
under a union because that memory is to be shared with other schedulers.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the hooks necessary to do stream scheduling, as
per RFC Draft ndata. It also introduces the first scheduler, which is
what we do today but now factored out: first come first served (FCFS).
With stream scheduling now we have to track which chunk was enqueued on
which stream and be able to select another other than the in front of
the main outqueue. So we introduce a list on sctp_stream_out_ext
structure for this purpose.
We reuse sctp_chunk->transmitted_list space for the list above, as the
chunk cannot belong to the two lists at the same time. By using the
union in there, we can have distinct names for these moments.
sctp_sched_ops are the operations expected to be implemented by each
scheduler. The dequeueing is a bit particular to this implementation but
it is to match how we dequeue packets today. We first dequeue and then
check if it fits the packet and if not, we requeue it at head. Thus why
we don't have a peek operation but have dequeue_done instead, which is
called once the chunk can be safely considered as transmitted.
The check removed from sctp_outq_flush is now performed by
sctp_stream_outq_migrate, which is only called during assoc setup.
(sctp_sendmsg() also checks for it)
The only operation that is foreseen but not yet added here is a way to
signalize that a new packet is starting or that the packet is done, for
round robin scheduler per packet, but is intentionally left to the
patch that actually implements it.
Support for I-DATA chunks, also described in this RFC, with user message
interleaving is straightforward as it just requires the schedulers to
probe for the feature and ignore datamsg boundaries when dequeueing.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to fetch the stream number from a given chunk.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the stream schedulers, sctp_stream_out will become too big to be
allocated by kmalloc and as we need to allocate with BH disabled, we
cannot use __vmalloc in sctp_stream_init().
This patch moves out the stats from sctp_stream_out to
sctp_stream_out_ext, which will be allocated only when the application
tries to sendmsg something on it.
Just the introduction of sctp_stream_out_ext would already fix the issue
described above by splitting the allocation in two. Moving the stats
to it also reduces the pressure on the allocator as we will ask for less
memory atomically when creating the socket and we will use GFP_KERNEL
later.
Then, for stream schedulers, we will just use sctp_stream_out_ext.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the skb parameter of skb_metadata_dst() and skb_tunnel_info()
const as they are not modified. This is in preparation for using
them in call-sites where skb is const.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized
(i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event
should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event.
This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the
802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to
inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed
so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc.
However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the
802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed
with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs
to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required
(e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get
any EAPOLs from the AP).
This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that
the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not
required.
Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the
connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the
roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right
after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already
authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is unused, and furthermore it is buggy since it suffers
from the same issue that requires IP6_ECN_set_ce() to take a pointer
to the skb so that it may (in case of CHECKSUM_COMPLETE) update skb->csum
Instead of fixing it, let's just outright remove it.
Tested: builds, and 'git grep IP6_ECN_clear' comes up empty
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different time period in
second to disable Fastopen on active TCP sockets.
Tested:
Simulate following similar situation that the server's data gets dropped
after 3WHS.
C ---- syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C ---- ack --------> S
S (accept & write)
C? X <- data ------ S
[retry and timeout]
And then print netstat of TCPFastOpenBlackhole, the counter increased as
expected when the firewall blackhole issue is detected and active TFO is
disabled.
# cat /proc/net/netstat | awk '{print $91}'
TCPFastOpenBlackhole
1
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different tcp_fastopen_key
independently of the host.
David Miller pointed out there is a leak without releasing the context
of tcp_fastopen_key during netns teardown. So add the release action in
exit_batch path.
Tested:
1. Container namespace:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
2817fff2-f803cf97-eadfd1f3-78c0992b
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: 1e5dd82a8c492ca9
2. Host:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
107d7c5f-68eb2ac7-02fb06e6-ed341702
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: e213c02bf0afbc8a
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'publish' logic is not necessary after commit dfea2aa654 ("tcp:
Do not call tcp_fastopen_reset_cipher from interrupt context"), because
in tcp_fastopen_cookie_gen，it wouldn't call tcp_fastopen_init_key_once.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require enable TCP Fast Open
feature independently of the host.
This patch series continues making more of the TCP Fast Open related
sysctl knobs be per net-namespace.
Reported-by: Luca BRUNO <lucab@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.
Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.
>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.
Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP early demux can leverate the rx dst cache even for
multicast unconnected sockets.
In such scenario the ipv4 source address is validated only on
the first packet in the given flow. After that, when we fetch
the dst entry from the socket rx cache, we stop enforcing
the rp_filter and we even start accepting any kind of martian
addresses.
Disabling the dst cache for unconnected multicast socket will
cause large performace regression, nearly reducing by half the
max ingress tput.
Instead we factor out a route helper to completely validate an
skb source address for multicast packets and we call it from
the UDP early demux for mcast packets landing on unconnected
sockets, after successful fetching the related cached dst entry.
This still gives a measurable, but limited performance
regression:
rp_filter = 0 rp_filter = 1
edmux disabled: 1182 Kpps 1127 Kpps
edmux before: 2238 Kpps 2238 Kpps
edmux after: 2037 Kpps 2019 Kpps
The above figures are on top of current net tree.
Applying the net-next commit 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full
fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.") the delta with
rp_filter == 0 will decrease even more.
Fixes: 421b3885bf ("udp: ipv4: Add udp early demux")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently no error is emitted, but this infrastructure will
used by the next patch to allow source address validation
for mcast sockets.
Since early demux can do a route lookup and an ipv4 route
lookup can return an error code this is consistent with the
current ipv4 route infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_weight in fib_info is set but not used. Remove it and the
helpers for setting it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the ipmr module register as a FIB notifier. To do that, implement both
the ipmr_seq_read and ipmr_dump ops.
The ipmr_seq_read op returns a sequence counter that is incremented on
every notification related operation done by the ipmr. To implement that,
add a sequence counter in the netns_ipv4 struct and increment it whenever a
new MFC route or VIF are added or deleted. The sequence operations are
protected by the RTNL lock.
The ipmr_dump iterates the list of MFC routes and the list of VIF entries
and sends notifications about them. The entries dump is done under RCU
where the VIF dump uses the mrt_lock too, as the vif->dev field can change
under RCU.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for an interface to forward packets according to the kernel
multicast routing table, it must be configured with a VIF index according
to the mroute user API. The VIF index is then used to refer to that
interface in the mroute user API, for example, to set the iif and oifs of
an MFC entry.
In order to allow drivers to be aware and offload multicast routes, they
have to be aware of the VIF add and delete notifications.
Due to the fact that a specific VIF can be deleted and re-added pointing to
another netdevice, and the MFC routes that point to it will forward the
matching packets to the new netdevice, a driver willing to offload MFC
cache entries must be aware of the VIF add and delete events in addition to
MFC routes notifications.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a helper called is_tcf_gact_pass which could be used to
tell if the action is gact pass or not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key length can't be negative.
Leave comparisons against nla_len() signed just in case truncated attribute
can sneak in there.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 0/-7 (-7)
function old new delta
pneigh_delete 273 272 -1
mlx5e_rep_netevent_event 1415 1414 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv6 1194 1193 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv4 1071 1070 -1
cxgb4_l2t_get 1104 1103 -1
__pneigh_lookup 69 68 -1
__neigh_create 2452 2451 -1
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is enabled, the "--param asan-stack=1" causes rather large
stack frames in some functions. This goes unnoticed normally because
CONFIG_FRAME_WARN is disabled with CONFIG_KASAN by default as of commit
3f181b4d86 ("lib/Kconfig.debug: disable -Wframe-larger-than warnings with
KASAN=y").
The kernelci.org build bot however has the warning enabled and that led
me to investigate it a little further, as every build produces these warnings:
net/wireless/nl80211.c:4389:1: warning: the frame size of 2240 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:1895:1: warning: the frame size of 3776 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:1410:1: warning: the frame size of 2208 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
net/bridge/br_netlink.c:1282:1: warning: the frame size of 2544 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Most of this problem is now solved in gcc-8, which can consolidate
the stack slots for the inline function arguments. On older compilers
we can add a workaround by declaring a local variable in each function
to pass the inline function argument.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=81715
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replay detection bitmaps can't have negative length.
Comparisons with nla_len() are left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Propagate unsignedness for code size savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/5 up/down: 0/-38 (-38)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_construct 1802 1800 -2
xfrm_update_ae_params 295 289 -6
xfrm_state_migrate 1345 1339 -6
xfrm_replay_notify_esn 349 337 -12
xfrm_replay_notify_bmp 345 333 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In linux-4.13, Wei worked hard to convert dst to a traditional
refcounted model, removing GC.
We now want to make sure a dst refcount can not transition from 0 back
to 1.
The problem here is that input path attached a not refcounted dst to an
skb. Then later, because packet is forwarded and hits skb_dst_force()
before exiting RCU section, we might try to take a refcount on one dst
that is about to be freed, if another cpu saw 1 -> 0 transition in
dst_release() and queued the dst for freeing after one RCU grace period.
Lets unify skb_dst_force() and skb_dst_force_safe(), since we should
always perform the complete check against dst refcount, and not assume
it is not zero.
Bugzilla : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=197005
[ 989.919496] skb_dst_force+0x32/0x34
[ 989.919498] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1ad/0x482
[ 989.919501] ? eth_header+0x28/0xc6
[ 989.919502] dev_queue_xmit+0xb/0xd
[ 989.919504] neigh_connected_output+0x9b/0xb4
[ 989.919507] ip_finish_output2+0x234/0x294
[ 989.919509] ? ipt_do_table+0x369/0x388
[ 989.919510] ip_finish_output+0x12c/0x13f
[ 989.919512] ip_output+0x53/0x87
[ 989.919513] ip_forward_finish+0x53/0x5a
[ 989.919515] ip_forward+0x2cb/0x3e6
[ 989.919516] ? pskb_trim_rcsum.part.9+0x4b/0x4b
[ 989.919518] ip_rcv_finish+0x2e2/0x321
[ 989.919519] ip_rcv+0x26f/0x2eb
[ 989.919522] ? vlan_do_receive+0x4f/0x289
[ 989.919523] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x467/0x50b
[ 989.919526] ? tcp_gro_receive+0x239/0x239
[ 989.919529] ? inet_gro_receive+0x226/0x238
[ 989.919530] __netif_receive_skb+0x4d/0x5f
[ 989.919532] netif_receive_skb_internal+0x5c/0xaf
[ 989.919533] napi_gro_receive+0x45/0x81
[ 989.919536] ixgbe_poll+0xc8a/0xf09
[ 989.919539] ? kmem_cache_free_bulk+0x1b6/0x1f7
[ 989.919540] net_rx_action+0xf4/0x266
[ 989.919543] __do_softirq+0xa8/0x19d
[ 989.919545] irq_exit+0x5d/0x6b
[ 989.919546] do_IRQ+0x9c/0xb5
[ 989.919548] common_interrupt+0x93/0x93
[ 989.919548] </IRQ>
Similarly dst_clone() can use dst_hold() helper to have additional
debugging, as a follow up to commit 44ebe79149 ("net: add debug
atomic_inc_not_zero() in dst_hold()")
In net-next we will convert dst atomic_t to refcount_t for peace of
mind.
Fixes: a4c2fd7f78 ("net: remove DST_NOCACHE flag")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reported-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Bisected-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_validate_source':
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:411:16: error: 'struct netns_ipv4' has no member named 'fib_has_custom_local_routes'
> if (net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_local_routes)
> ^
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'inet_rtm_newroute':
> net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:773:12: error: 'struct netns_ipv4' has no member named 'fib_has_custom_local_routes'
> net->ipv4.fib_has_custom_local_routes = true;
> ^
Fixes: 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local behaviour
in fib_validate_source()") a full fib lookup is needed even if
the rp_filter is disabled, if accept_local is false - which is
the default.
What we really need in the above scenario is just checking
that the source IP address is not local, and in most case we
can do that is a cheaper way looking up the ifaddr hash table.
This commit adds a helper for such lookup, and uses it to
validate the src address when rp_filter is disabled and no
'local' routes are created by the user space in the relevant
namespace.
A new ipv4 netns flag is added to account for such routes.
We need that to preserve the same behavior we had before this
patch.
It also drops the checks to bail early from __fib_validate_source,
added by the commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local
behaviour in fib_validate_source()") they do not give any
measurable performance improvement: if we do the lookup with are
on a slower path.
This improves UDP performances for unconnected sockets
when rp_filter is disabled by 5% and also gives small but
measurable performance improvement for TCP flood scenarios.
v1 -> v2:
- use the ifaddr lookup helper in __ip_dev_find(), as suggested
by Eric
- fall-back to full lookup if custom local routes are present
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function hasn't been used since the removal of iwmc3200wifi
in 2012. It also appears to have a bug when qos=True, since then
it'll copy uninitialized stack memory to the SKB.
Just remove the function entirely.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it,
rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Current ieee80211_ie_split() implementation doesn't
account for elements that are sub-elements of the
EXTENSION IE. To extend support to these IEs as well,
treat the WLAN_EID_EXTENSION ids in the %ids array
as indicating that the next id in the array is a
sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having a global list of labels do not scale to thousands of
netns in the cloud era. This causes quadratic behavior on
netns creation and deletion.
This is time having a per netns list of ~10 labels.
Tested:
$ time perf record (for f in `seq 1 3000` ; do ip netns add tast$f; done)
[ perf record: Woken up 1 times to write data ]
[ perf record: Captured and wrote 3.637 MB perf.data (~158898 samples) ]
real 0m20.837s # instead of 0m24.227s
user 0m0.328s
sys 0m20.338s # instead of 0m23.753s
16.17% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_broadcast_filtered
12.30% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_has_listeners
6.76% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave
5.78% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memset_erms
5.77% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kobject_uevent_env
5.18% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] refcount_sub_and_test
4.96% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_read_lock
3.82% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] refcount_inc_not_zero
3.33% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
2.11% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unmap_page_range
1.77% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __wake_up
1.69% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] strlen
1.17% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __wake_up_common
1.09% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] insert_header
1.04% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] page_remove_rmap
1.01% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] consume_skb
0.98% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netlink_trim
0.51% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kernfs_link_sibling
0.51% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] filemap_map_pages
0.46% ip [kernel.kallsyms] [k] memcpy_erms
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller no longer needs to wait for a grace period. So this
patch gets rid of it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the
original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is
enough.
In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master
ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as
well as its needed functions before calling them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->rbnode shares space with skb->next, skb->prev and skb->tstamp
Current uses (TCP receive ofo queue and netem) need to save/restore
tstamp, while skb->dev is either NULL (TCP) or a constant for a given
queue (netem).
Since we plan using an RB tree for TCP retransmit queue to speedup SACK
processing with large BDP, this patch exchanges skb->dev and
skb->tstamp.
This saves some overhead in both TCP and netem.
v2: removes the swtstamp field from struct tcp_skb_cb
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove tcp_may_send_now and tcp_snd_test that are no longer used
Fixes: 840a3cbe89 ("tcp: remove forward retransmit feature")
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global function ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal and static functions
ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal and ipv4_rcv_saddr_equal currently return int.
bool is slightly more descriptive for these functions so change
their return type from int to bool.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86fdb3448c ("sctp: ensure ep is not destroyed before doing the
dump") tried to fix an use-after-free issue by checking !sctp_sk(sk)->ep
with holding sock and sock lock.
But Paolo noticed that endpoint could be destroyed in sctp_rcv without
sock lock protection. It means the use-after-free issue still could be
triggered when sctp_rcv put and destroy ep after sctp_sock_dump checks
!ep, although it's pretty hard to reproduce.
I could reproduce it by mdelay in sctp_rcv while msleep in sctp_close
and sctp_sock_dump long time.
This patch is to add another param cb_done to sctp_for_each_transport
and dump ep->assocs with holding tsp after jumping out of transport's
traversal in it to avoid this issue.
It can also improve sctp diag dump to make it run faster, as no need
to save sk into cb->args[5] and keep calling sctp_for_each_transport
any more.
This patch is also to use int * instead of int for the pos argument
in sctp_for_each_transport, which could make postion increment only
in sctp_for_each_transport and no need to keep changing cb->args[2]
in sctp_sock_filter and sctp_sock_dump any more.
Fixes: 86fdb3448c ("sctp: ensure ep is not destroyed before doing the dump")
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code causes a static checker warning because Smatch doesn't trust
anything that comes from skb->data. I've reviewed this code and I do
think skb->data can be controlled by the user here.
The sctp_event_subscribe struct has 13 __u8 fields and we want to see
if ours is non-zero. sn_type can be any value in the 0-USHRT_MAX range.
We're subtracting SCTP_SN_TYPE_BASE which is 1 << 15 so we could read
either before the start of the struct or after the end.
This is a very old bug and it's surprising that it would go undetected
for so long but my theory is that it just doesn't have a big impact so
it would be hard to notice.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller is no longer needed to wait for a grace period.
So this patch gets rid of it.
This also completely closes a race condition between action free
path and filter chain add/remove path for the following patch.
Because otherwise the nested RCU callback can't be caught by
rcu_barrier().
Please see also the comments in code.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix SCTP connection setup when IPVS module is loaded and any scheduler
is registered, from Xin Long.
2) Don't create a SCTP connection from SCTP ABORT packets, also from
Xin Long.
3) WARN_ON() and drop packet, instead of BUG_ON() races when calling
nf_nat_setup_info(). This is specifically a longstanding problem
when br_netfilter with conntrack support is in place, patch from
Florian Westphal.
4) Avoid softlock splats via iptables-restore, also from Florian.
5) Revert NAT hashtable conversion to rhashtable, semantics of rhlist
are different from our simple NAT hashtable, this has been causing
problems in the recent Linux kernel releases. From Florian.
6) Add per-bucket spinlock for NAT hashtable, so at least we restore
one of the benefits we got from the previous rhashtable conversion.
7) Fix incorrect hashtable size in memory allocation in xt_hashlimit,
from Zhizhou Tian.
8) Fix build/link problems with hashlimit and 32-bit arches, to address
recent fallout from a new hashlimit mode, from Vishwanath Pai.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 870190a9ec.
It was not a good idea. The custom hash table was a much better
fit for this purpose.
A fast lookup is not essential, in fact for most cases there is no lookup
at all because original tuple is not taken and can be used as-is.
What needs to be fast is insertion and deletion.
rhlist removal however requires a rhlist walk.
We can have thousands of entries in such a list if source port/addresses
are reused for multiple flows, if this happens removal requests are so
expensive that deletions of a few thousand flows can take several
seconds(!).
The advantages that we got from rhashtable are:
1) table auto-sizing
2) multiple locks
1) would be nice to have, but it is not essential as we have at
most one lookup per new flow, so even a million flows in the bysource
table are not a problem compared to current deletion cost.
2) is easy to add to custom hash table.
I tried to add hlist_node to rhlist to speed up rhltable_remove but this
isn't doable without changing semantics. rhltable_remove_fast will
check that the to-be-deleted object is part of the table and that
requires a list walk that we want to avoid.
Furthermore, using hlist_node increases size of struct rhlist_head, which
in turn increases nf_conn size.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196821
Reported-by: Ivan Babrou <ibobrik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* a remain-on-channel fix from Avi
* hwsim TX power fix from Beni
* null-PTR dereference with iTXQ in some rare configurations (Chunho)
* 40 MHz custom regdomain fixes (Emmanuel)
* look at right place in HT/VHT capability parsing (Igor)
* complete A-MPDU teardown properly (Ilan)
* Mesh ID Element ordering fix (Liad)
* avoid tracing warning in ht_dbg() (Sharon)
* fix print of assoc/reassoc (Simon)
* fix encrypted VLAN with iTXQ (myself)
* fix calling context of TX queue wake (myself)
* fix a deadlock with ath10k aggregation (myself)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QYS4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-09-07' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Back from a long absence, so we have a number of things:
* a remain-on-channel fix from Avi
* hwsim TX power fix from Beni
* null-PTR dereference with iTXQ in some rare configurations (Chunho)
* 40 MHz custom regdomain fixes (Emmanuel)
* look at right place in HT/VHT capability parsing (Igor)
* complete A-MPDU teardown properly (Ilan)
* Mesh ID Element ordering fix (Liad)
* avoid tracing warning in ht_dbg() (Sharon)
* fix print of assoc/reassoc (Simon)
* fix encrypted VLAN with iTXQ (myself)
* fix calling context of TX queue wake (myself)
* fix a deadlock with ath10k aggregation (myself)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some
switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress
queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and
direct the transmission towards a particular queue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_flow_dissect is riddled with gotos that make discerning the flow,
debugging, and extending the capability difficult. This patch
reorganizes things so that we only perform goto's after the two main
switch statements (no gotos within the cases now). It also eliminates
several goto labels so that there are only two labels that can be target
for goto.
Reported-by: Alexander Popov <alex.popov@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a new link error in allmodconfig kernels after ftgmac100
started using the ncsi helpers:
ERROR: "ncsi_vlan_rx_kill_vid" [drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid" [drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.ko] undefined!
Related to that, we get another error when CONFIG_NET_NCSI is disabled:
drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.c:1626:25: error: 'ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'ncsi_start_dev'?
drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/ftgmac100.c:1627:26: error: 'ncsi_vlan_rx_kill_vid' undeclared here (not in a function); did you mean 'ncsi_vlan_rx_add_vid'?
This fixes both problems at once, using a 'static inline' stub helper
for the disabled case, and exporting the functions when they are present.
Fixes: 51564585d8 ("ftgmac100: Support NCSI VLAN filtering when available")
Fixes: 21acf63013 ("net/ncsi: Configure VLAN tag filter")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP
interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the
frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned.
However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with
a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since
the information about which virtual interface to use to select
the key is taken from the TXQ.
Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the
dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping
in the dequeue as well.
Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a
TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an
AP_VLAN is removed.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for next-net (part 2)
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next. This
patchset includes updates for nf_tables, removal of
CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and a new mode for xt_hashlimit. More
specifically, they:
1) Add new rate match mode for hashlimit, this introduces a new revision
for this match. The idea is to stop matching packets until ratelimit
criteria stands true. Patch from Vishwanath Pai.
2) Add ->select_ops indirection to nf_tables named objects, so we can
choose between different flavours of the same object type, patch from
Pablo M. Bermudo.
3) Shorter function names in nft_limit, basically:
s/nft_limit_pkt_bytes/nft_limit_bytes, also from Pablo M. Bermudo.
4) Add new stateful limit named object type, this allows us to create
limit policies that you can identify via name, also from Pablo.
5) Remove unused hooknum parameter in conntrack ->packet indirection.
From Florian Westphal.
6) Patches to remove CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and macros such as
IP_NF_ASSERT and IP_NF_ASSERT. From Varsha Rao.
7) Add nf_tables_updchain() helper function and use it from
nf_tables_newchain() to make it more maintainable. Similarly,
add nf_tables_addchain() and use it too.
8) Add new netlink NLM_F_NONREC flag, this flag should only be used for
deletion requests, specifically, to support non-recursive deletion.
Based on what we discussed during NFWS'17 in Faro.
9) Use NLM_F_NONREC from table and sets in nf_tables.
10) Support for recursive chain deletion. Table and set deletion
commands come with an implicit content flush on deletion, while
chains do not. This patch addresses this inconsistency by adding
the code to perform recursive chain deletions. This also comes with
the bits to deal with the new NLM_F_NONREC netlink flag.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes CONFIG_NETFILTER_DEBUG and _ASSERT() macros as they
are no longer required. Replace _ASSERT() macros with WARN_ON().
Signed-off-by: Varsha Rao <rvarsha016@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds support for overloading stateful objects operations
through the select_ops() callback, just as it is implemented for
expressions.
This change is needed for upcoming additions to the stateful objects
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo M. Bermudo Garay <pablombg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-09-03
Here's one last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.14 kernel:
- NULL pointer fix in ca8210 802.15.4 driver
- A few "const" fixes
- New Kconfig option for disabling legacy interfaces
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, updates to the conntrack core, enhancements for
nf_tables, conversion of netfilter hooks from linked list to array to
improve memory locality and asorted improvements for the Netfilter
codebase. More specifically, they are:
1) Add expection to hashes after timer initialization to prevent
access from another CPU that walks on the hashes and calls
del_timer(), from Florian Westphal.
2) Don't update nf_tables chain counters from hot path, this is only
used by the x_tables compatibility layer.
3) Get rid of nested rcu_read_lock() calls from netfilter hook path.
Hooks are always guaranteed to run from rcu read side, so remove
nested rcu_read_lock() where possible. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
4) nf_tables new ruleset generation notifications include PID and name
of the process that has updated the ruleset, from Phil Sutter.
5) Use skb_header_pointer() from nft_fib, so we can reuse this code from
the nf_family netdev family. Patch from Pablo M. Bermudo.
6) Add support for nft_fib in nf_tables netdev family, also from Pablo.
7) Use deferrable workqueue for conntrack garbage collection, to reduce
power consumption, from Patch from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
8) Add nf_ct_expect_iterate_net() helper and use it. From Florian
Westphal.
9) Call nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy only from cttimeout, from Florian.
10) Drop references on conntrack removal path when skbuffs has escaped via
nfqueue, from Florian.
11) Don't queue packets to nfqueue with dying conntrack, from Florian.
12) Constify nf_hook_ops structure, from Florian.
13) Remove neededlessly branch in nf_tables trace code, from Phil Sutter.
14) Add nla_strdup(), from Phil Sutter.
15) Rise nf_tables objects name size up to 255 chars, people want to use
DNS names, so increase this according to what RFC 1035 specifies.
Patch series from Phil Sutter.
16) Kill nf_conntrack_default_on, it's broken. Default on conntrack hook
registration on demand, suggested by Eric Dumazet, patch from Florian.
17) Remove unused variables in compat_copy_entry_from_user both in
ip_tables and arp_tables code. Patch from Taehee Yoo.
18) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l4proto, from Julia Lawall.
19) Constify nf_loginfo structure, also from Julia.
20) Use a single rb root in connlimit, from Taehee Yoo.
21) Remove unused netfilter_queue_init() prototype, from Taehee Yoo.
22) Use audit_log() instead of open-coding it, from Geliang Tang.
23) Allow to mangle tcp options via nft_exthdr, from Florian.
24) Allow to fetch TCP MSS from nft_rt, from Florian. This includes
a fix for a miscalculation of the minimal length.
25) Simplify branch logic in h323 helper, from Nick Desaulniers.
26) Calculate netlink attribute size for conntrack tuple at compile
time, from Florian.
27) Remove protocol name field from nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto structure.
From Florian.
28) Remove holes in nf_conntrack_l4proto structure, so it becomes
smaller. From Florian.
29) Get rid of print_tuple() indirection for /proc conntrack listing.
Place all the code in net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_standalone.c.
Patch from Florian.
30) Do not built in print_conntrack() if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is
off. From Florian.
31) Constify most nf_conntrack_{l3,l4}proto helper functions, from
Florian.
32) Fix broken indentation in ebtables extensions, from Colin Ian King.
33) Fix several harmless sparse warning, from Florian.
34) Convert netfilter hook infrastructure to use array for better memory
locality, joint work done by Florian and Aaron Conole. Moreover, add
some instrumentation to debug this.
35) Batch nf_unregister_net_hooks() calls, to call synchronize_net once
per batch, from Florian.
36) Get rid of noisy logging in ICMPv6 conntrack helper, from Florian.
37) Get rid of obsolete NFDEBUG() instrumentation, from Varsha Rao.
38) Remove unused code in the generic protocol tracker, from Davide
Caratti.
I think I will have material for a second Netfilter batch in my queue if
time allow to make it fit in this merge window.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 1d6119baf0.
After reverting commit 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API
for fragmentation mem accounting") then here is no need for this
fix-up patch. As percpu_counter is no longer used, it cannot
memory leak it any-longer.
Fixes: 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for fragmentation mem accounting")
Fixes: 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6d7b857d54.
There is a bug in fragmentation codes use of the percpu_counter API,
that can cause issues on systems with many CPUs.
The frag_mem_limit() just reads the global counter (fbc->count),
without considering other CPUs can have upto batch size (130K) that
haven't been subtracted yet. Due to the 3MBytes lower thresh limit,
this become dangerous at >=24 CPUs (3*1024*1024/130000=24).
The correct API usage would be to use __percpu_counter_compare() which
does the right thing, and takes into account the number of (online)
CPUs and batch size, to account for this and call __percpu_counter_sum()
when needed.
We choose to revert the use of the lib/percpu_counter API for frag
memory accounting for several reasons:
1) On systems with CPUs > 24, the heavier fully locked
__percpu_counter_sum() is always invoked, which will be more
expensive than the atomic_t that is reverted to.
Given systems with more than 24 CPUs are becoming common this doesn't
seem like a good option. To mitigate this, the batch size could be
decreased and thresh be increased.
2) The add_frag_mem_limit+sub_frag_mem_limit pairs happen on the RX
CPU, before SKBs are pushed into sockets on remote CPUs. Given
NICs can only hash on L2 part of the IP-header, the NIC-RXq's will
likely be limited. Thus, a fair chance that atomic add+dec happen
on the same CPU.
Revert note that commit 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
removed init_frag_mem_limit() and instead use inet_frags_init_net().
After this revert, inet_frags_uninit_net() becomes empty.
Fixes: 6d7b857d54 ("net: use lib/percpu_counter API for fragmentation mem accounting")
Fixes: 1d6119baf0 ("net: fix percpu memory leaks")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After ip_route_input() calls ip_route_input_noref(), another
check on skb_dst() is done, but if this fails, we shouldn't
override the return code from ip_route_input_noref(), as it
could have been more specific (i.e. -EHOSTUNREACH).
This also saves one call to skb_dst_force_safe() and one to
skb_dst() in case the ip_route_input_noref() check fails.
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sdubroca@redhat.com>
Fixes: 9df16efadd ("ipv4: call dst_hold_safe() properly")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a listener registers to the FIB notification chain it receives a
dump of the FIB entries and rules from existing address families by
invoking their dump operations.
While we call into these modules we need to make sure they aren't
removed. Do that by increasing their reference count before invoking
their dump operations and decrease it afterwards.
Fixes: 04b1d4e50e ("net: core: Make the FIB notification chain generic")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-09-01
This should be the last ipsec-next pull request for this
release cycle:
1) Support netdevice ESP trailer removal when decryption
is offloaded. From Yossi Kuperman.
2) Fix overwritten return value of copy_sec_ctx().
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header
is global and can be reused by many drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC filters when used as classifiers are bound to TC classes.
However, there is a hidden difference when adding them in different
orders:
1. If we add tc classes before its filters, everything is fine.
Logically, the classes exist before we specify their ID's in
filters, it is easy to bind them together, just as in the current
code base.
2. If we add tc filters before the tc classes they bind, we have to
do dynamic lookup in fast path. What's worse, this happens all
the time not just once, because on fast path tcf_result is passed
on stack, there is no way to propagate back to the one in tc filters.
This hidden difference hurts performance silently if we have many tc
classes in hierarchy.
This patch intends to close this gap by doing the reverse binding when
we create a new class, in this case we can actually search all the
filters in its parent, match and fixup by classid. And because
tcf_result is specific to each type of tc filter, we have to introduce
a new ops for each filter to tell how to bind the class.
Note, we still can NOT totally get rid of those class lookup in
->enqueue() because cgroup and flow filters have no way to determine
the classid at setup time, they still have to go through dynamic lookup.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In conjunction with crypto offload [1], removing the ESP trailer by
hardware can potentially improve the performance by avoiding (1) a
cache miss incurred by reading the nexthdr field and (2) the necessity
to calculate the csum value of the trailer in order to keep skb->csum
valid.
This patch introduces the changes to the xfrm stack and merely serves
as an infrastructure. Subsequent patch to mlx5 driver will put this to
a good use.
[1] https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg175733.html
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Typically, each TC filter has its own action. All the actions of the
same type are saved in its hash table. But the hash buckets are too
small that it degrades to a list. And the performance is greatly
affected. For example, it takes about 0m11.914s to insert 64K rules.
If we convert the hash table to IDR, it only takes about 0m1.500s.
The improvement is huge.
But please note that the test result is based on previous patch that
cls_flower uses IDR.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 45f119bf93.
Eric Dumazet says:
We found at Google a significant regression caused by
45f119bf93 tcp: remove header prediction
In typical RPC (TCP_RR), when a TCP socket receives data, we now call
tcp_ack() while we used to not call it.
This touches enough cache lines to cause a slowdown.
so problem does not seem to be HP removal itself but the tcp_ack()
call. Therefore, it might be possible to remove HP after all, provided
one finds a way to elide tcp_ack for most cases.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change was a followup to the header prediction removal,
so first revert this as a prerequisite to back out hp removal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian reported UDP xmit drops that could be root caused to the
too small neigh limit.
Current limit is 64 KB, meaning that even a single UDP socket would hit
it, since its default sk_sndbuf comes from net.core.wmem_default
(~212992 bytes on 64bit arches).
Once ARP/ND resolution is in progress, we should allow a little more
packets to be queued, at least for one producer.
Once neigh arp_queue is filled, a rogue socket should hit its sk_sndbuf
limit and either block in sendmsg() or return -EAGAIN.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NSH (Network Service Header)[1] is a new protocol for service
function chaining, it can be handled as a L3 protocol like
IPv4 and IPv6, Eth + NSH + Inner packet or VxLAN-gpe + NSH +
Inner packet are two typical use cases.
This patch adds NSH header structures and helpers for NSH GSO
support and Open vSwitch NSH support.
[1] https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-sfc-nsh/
[Jiri: added nsh_hdr() helper and renamed the header struct to "struct
nshhdr" to match the usual pattern. Removed packet type defines, these are
now shared with VXLAN-GPE.]
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The values are shared between VXLAN-GPE and NSH. Originally probably by
coincidence but I notified both working groups about this last year and they
seem to keep the values in sync since then.
Hopefully they'll get a single IANA registry for the values, too. (I asked
them for that.)
Factor out the code to be shared by the NSH implementation.
NSH and MPLS values are added in this patch, too. For MPLS, the drafts
incorrectly assign only a single value, while we have two MPLS ethertypes.
I raised the problem with both groups. For now, I assume the value is for
unicast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a client call that failed on network error to be retried, provided
that the Tx queue still holds DATA packet 1. This allows an operation to
be submitted to another server or another address for the same server
without having to repackage and re-encrypt the data so far processed.
Two new functions are provided:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_check_call() - This is used to find out the completion
state of a call to guess whether it can be retried and whether it
should be retried.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_retry_call() - Disconnect the call from its current
connection, reset the state and submit it as a new client call to a
new address. The new address need not match the previous address.
A call may be retried even if all the data hasn't been loaded into it yet;
a partially constructed will be retained at the same point it was at when
an error condition was detected. msg_data_left() can be used to find out
how much data was packaged before the error occurred.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add a callback to rxrpc_kernel_send_data() so that a kernel service can get
a notification that the AF_RXRPC call has transitioned out the Tx phase and
is now waiting for a reply or a final ACK.
This is called from AF_RXRPC with the call state lock held so the
notification is guaranteed to come before any reply is passed back.
Further, modify the AFS filesystem to make use of this so that we don't have
to change the afs_call state before sending the last bit of data.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Make use of the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks to have the NCSI
stack process new VLAN tags and configure the channel VLAN filter
appropriately.
Several VLAN tags can be set and a "Set VLAN Filter" packet must be sent
for each one, meaning the ncsi_dev_state_config_svf state must be
repeated. An internal list of VLAN tags is maintained, and compared
against the current channel's ncsi_channel_filter in order to keep track
within the state. VLAN filters are removed in a similar manner, with the
introduction of the ncsi_dev_state_config_clear_vids state. The maximum
number of VLAN tag filters is determined by the "Get Capabilities"
response from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And finally, move the irda include files into
drivers/staging/irda/include/net/irda. Yes, it's a long path, but it
makes it easy for us to just add a Makefile directory path addition and
all of the net and drivers code "just works".
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c5cff8561d adds rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node. This
generates a new sparse warning on rt->rt6i_node related code:
net/ipv6/route.c:1394:30: error: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
./include/net/ip6_fib.h:187:14: error: incompatible types in comparison
expression (different address spaces)
This commit adds "__rcu" tag for rt6i_node and makes sure corresponding
rcu API is used for it.
After this fix, sparse no longer generates the above warning.
Fixes: c5cff8561d ("ipv6: add rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to gre, vxlan, geneve, ipip tunnels, allow ERSPAN tunnels to
operate in 'collect metadata' mode. bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key() helpers
can make use of it right away. OVS can use it as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the storage and layout of netfilter hook entries from a
linked list to an array. After this commit, hook entries will be
stored adjacent in memory. The next pointer is no longer required.
The ops pointers are stored at the end of the array as they are only
used in the register/unregister path and in the legacy br_netfilter code.
nf_unregister_net_hooks() is slower than needed as it just calls
nf_unregister_net_hook in a loop (i.e. at least n synchronize_net()
calls), this will be addressed in followup patch.
Test setup:
- ixgbe 10gbit
- netperf UDP_STREAM, 64 byte packets
- 5 hooks: (raw + mangle prerouting, mangle+filter input, inet filter):
empty mangle and raw prerouting, mangle and filter input hooks:
353.9
this patch:
364.2
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, in the udp6 code, the dst cookie is not initialized/updated
concurrently with the RX dst used by early demux.
As a result, the dst_check() in the early_demux path always fails,
the rx dst cache is always invalidated, and we can't really
leverage significant gain from the demux lookup.
Fix it adding udp6 specific variant of sk_rx_dst_set() and use it
to set the dst cookie when the dst entry is really changed.
The issue is there since the introduction of early demux for ipv6.
Fixes: 5425077d73 ("net: ipv6: Add early demux handler for UDP unicast")
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is ugly to hide a u32-filter-specific pointer inside Qdisc,
this breaks the TC layers:
1. Qdisc is a generic representation, should not have any specific
data of any type
2. Qdisc layer is above filter layer, should only save filters in
the list of struct tcf_proto.
This pointer is used as the head of the chain of u32 hash tables,
that is struct tc_u_hnode, because u32 filter is very special,
it allows to create multiple hash tables within one qdisc and
across multiple u32 filters.
Instead of using this ugly pointer, we can just save it in a global
hash table key'ed by (dev ifindex, qdisc handle), therefore we can
still treat it as a per qdisc basis data structure conceptually.
Of course, because of network namespaces, this key is not unique
at all, but it is fine as we already have a pointer to Qdisc in
struct tc_u_common, we can just compare the pointers when collision.
And this only affects slow paths, has no impact to fast path,
thanks to the pointer ->tp_c.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TC classes, their ->get() and ->put() are always paired, and the
reference counting is completely useless, because:
1) For class modification and dumping paths, we already hold RTNL lock,
so all of these ->get(),->change(),->put() are atomic.
2) For filter bindiing/unbinding, we use other reference counter than
this one, and they should have RTNL lock too.
3) For ->qlen_notify(), it is special because it is called on ->enqueue()
path, but we already hold qdisc tree lock there, and we hold this
tree lock when graft or delete the class too, so it should not be gone
or changed until we release the tree lock.
Therefore, this patch removes ->get() and ->put(), but:
1) Adds a new ->find() to find the pointer to a class by classid, no
refcnt.
2) Move the original class destroy upon the last refcnt into ->delete(),
right after releasing tree lock. This is fine because the class is
already removed from hash when holding the lock.
For those who also use ->put() as ->unbind(), just rename them to reflect
this change.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few bugs around refcnt handling in the new BPF congestion
control setsockopt:
- The new ca is assigned to icsk->icsk_ca_ops even in the case where we
cannot get a reference on it. This would lead to a use after free,
since that ca is going away soon.
- Changing the congestion control case doesn't release the refcnt on
the previous ca.
- In the reinit case, we first leak a reference on the old ca, then we
call tcp_reinit_congestion_control on the ca that we have just
assigned, leading to deinitializing the wrong ca (->release of the
new ca on the old ca's data) and releasing the refcount on the ca
that we actually want to use.
This is visible by building (for example) BIC as a module and setting
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control=bic, and using tcp_cong_kern.c from
samples/bpf.
This patch fixes the refcount issues, and moves reinit back into tcp
core to avoid passing a ca pointer back to BPF.
Fixes: 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables the SRv6 encapsulation mode to carry an IPv4 payload.
All the infrastructure was already present, I just had to add a parameter
to seg6_do_srh_encap() to specify the inner packet protocol, and perform
some additional checks.
Usage example:
ip route add 1.2.3.4 encap seg6 mode encap segs fc00::1,fc00::2 dev eth0
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller reported a refcount_t warning [1]
Issue here is that noop_qdisc refcnt was never really considered as
a true refcount, since qdisc_destroy() found TCQ_F_BUILTIN set :
if (qdisc->flags & TCQ_F_BUILTIN ||
!refcount_dec_and_test(&qdisc->refcnt)))
return;
Meaning that all atomic_inc() we did on noop_qdisc.refcnt were not
really needed, but harmless until refcount_t came.
To fix this problem, we simply need to not increment noop_qdisc.refcnt,
since we never decrement it.
[1]
refcount_t: increment on 0; use-after-free.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21754 at lib/refcount.c:152 refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 21754 Comm: syz-executor7 Not tainted 4.13.0-rc6+ #20
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:180
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:541
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:190
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:224 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:273
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:310
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:323
invalid_op+0x1e/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:846
RIP: 0010:refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
RSP: 0018:ffff8801c43477a0 EFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 000000000000002b RBX: ffffffff86093c14 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000002b RSI: ffffffff8159314e RDI: ffffed0038868ee8
RBP: ffff8801c43477a8 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffff86093ac0
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: ffff8801d0f3bac0 R15: dffffc0000000000
attach_default_qdiscs net/sched/sch_generic.c:792 [inline]
dev_activate+0x7d3/0xaa0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:833
__dev_open+0x227/0x330 net/core/dev.c:1380
__dev_change_flags+0x695/0x990 net/core/dev.c:6726
dev_change_flags+0x88/0x140 net/core/dev.c:6792
dev_ifsioc+0x5a6/0x930 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:256
dev_ioctl+0x2bc/0xf90 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:554
sock_do_ioctl+0x94/0xb0 net/socket.c:968
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1520 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
Fixes: 7b93640502 ("net, sched: convert Qdisc.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When forwarding or sending out an ICMPv6 error, look at the embedded
packet that triggered the error and compute a flow hash over its
headers.
This let's us route the ICMP error together with the flow it belongs to
when multipath (ECMP) routing is in use, which in turn makes Path MTU
Discovery work in ECMP load-balanced or anycast setups (RFC 7690).
Granted, end-hosts behind the ECMP router (aka servers) need to reflect
the IPv6 Flow Label for PMTUD to work.
The code is organized to be in parallel with ipv4 stack:
ip_multipath_l3_keys -> ip6_multipath_l3_keys
fib_multipath_hash -> rt6_multipath_hash
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow for functions that fill out the IPv6 flow info to also pass a hash
computed over the skb contents. The hash value will drive the multipath
routing decisions.
This is intended for special treatment of ICMPv6 errors, where we would
like to make a routing decision based on the flow identifying the
offending IPv6 datagram that triggered the error, rather than the flow
of the ICMP error itself.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One too many arguments compared to the non-stub version.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: ffd3cdccf2 ("devlink: Add support for dynamic table size")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reflecting IPv6 Flow Label at server nodes is useful in environments
that employ multipath routing to load balance the requests. As "IPv6
Flow Label Reflection" standard draft [1] points out - ICMPv6 PTB error
messages generated in response to a downstream packets from the server
can be routed by a load balancer back to the original server without
looking at transport headers, if the server applies the flow label
reflection. This enables the Path MTU Discovery past the ECMP router in
load-balance or anycast environments where each server node is reachable
by only one path.
Introduce a sysctl to enable flow label reflection per net namespace for
all newly created sockets. Same could be earlier achieved only per
socket by setting the IPV6_FL_F_REFLECT flag for the IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR
socket option.
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-wang-6man-flow-label-reflection-01
Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jkbs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doesn't change generated code, but will make it easier to eventually
make the actual trackers themselvers const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_PROCFS is deprecated, no need to use a function
pointer in the trackers for this. Place the printf formatting in
the one place that uses it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
can use u16 for both, shrinks size by another 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to waste storage for something that is only needed
in one place and can be deduced from protocol number.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to waste storage for something that is only needed
in one place and can be deduced from protocol number.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
avoids a pointer and allows struct to be const later on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is
moved inside devlink.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration
time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in
dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed
to be obtained dynamically via an op.
This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the
following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helpers to find out if a gact instance is goto_chain termination
action and to get chain index.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TSO header size was defined in many drivers. Factorize the code and
define its size in net/tso.h.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE is enabled for tcp sockets, return the
timestamp corresponding to the highest sequence number data returned.
Previously the skb->tstamp is overwritten when a TCP packet is placed
in the out of order queue. While the packet is in the ooo queue, save the
timestamp in the TCB_SKB_CB. This space is shared with the gso_*
options which are only used on the tx path, and a previously unused 4
byte hole.
When skbs are coalesced either in the sk_receive_queue or the
out_of_order_queue always choose the timestamp of the appended skb to
maintain the invariant of returning the timestamp of the last byte in
the recvmsg buffer.
Signed-off-by: Mike Maloney <maloney@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds ERSPAN type II tunnel support. The implementation
is based on the draft at [1]. One of the purposes is for Linux
box to be able to receive ERSPAN monitoring traffic sent from
the Cisco switch, by creating a ERSPAN tunnel device.
In addition, the patch also adds ERSPAN TX, so Linux virtual
switch can redirect monitored traffic to the ERSPAN tunnel device.
The traffic will be encapsulated into ERSPAN and sent out.
The implementation reuses tunnel key as ERSPAN session ID, and
field 'erspan' as ERSPAN Index fields:
./ip link add dev ers11 type erspan seq key 100 erspan 123 \
local 172.16.1.200 remote 172.16.1.100
To use the above device as ERSPAN receiver, configure
Nexus 5000 switch as below:
monitor session 100 type erspan-source
erspan-id 123
vrf default
destination ip 172.16.1.200
source interface Ethernet1/11 both
source interface Ethernet1/12 both
no shut
monitor erspan origin ip-address 172.16.1.100 global
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-foschiano-erspan-01
[2] iproute2 patch: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150306086924951&w=2
[3] test script: http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=150231021807304&w=2
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Vohra <mvohra@vmware.com>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently keep rt->rt6i_node pointing to the fib6_node for the route.
And some functions make use of this pointer to dereference the fib6_node
from rt structure, e.g. rt6_check(). However, as there is neither
refcount nor rcu taken when dereferencing rt->rt6i_node, it could
potentially cause crashes as rt->rt6i_node could be set to NULL by other
CPUs when doing a route deletion.
This patch introduces an rcu grace period before freeing fib6_node and
makes sure the functions that dereference it takes rcu_read_lock().
Note: there is no "Fixes" tag because this bug was there in a very
early stage.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the invalid handle "0" check to avoid unnecessary search, because
the qdisc uses the skb->priority as the handle value to look up, and
it is "0" usually.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with
allmodconfig build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-08-21
1) Support RX checksum with IPsec crypto offload for esp4/esp6.
From Ilan Tayari.
2) Fixup IPv6 checksums when doing IPsec crypto offload.
From Yossi Kuperman.
3) Auto load the xfrom offload modules if a user installs
a SA that requests IPsec offload. From Ilan Tayari.
4) Clear RX offload informations in xfrm_input to not
confuse the TX path with stale offload informations.
From Ilan Tayari.
5) Allow IPsec GSO for local sockets if the crypto operation
will be offloaded.
6) Support setting of an output mark to the xfrm_state.
This mark can be used to to do the tunnel route lookup.
From Lorenzo Colitti.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This important to call qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() after changing queue
length. Parent qdisc should deactivate class in ->qlen_notify() called from
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() but this happens only if qdisc->q.qlen in zero.
Missed class deactivations leads to crashes/warnings at picking packets
from empty qdisc and corrupting state at reactivating this class in future.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 86a7996cc8 ("net_sched: introduce qdisc_replace() helper")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove
headers from UDP packets before queueing"), when udp packets are being
peeked the requested extra offset is always 0 as there is no need to skip
the udp header. However, when the offset is 0 and the next skb is
of length 0, it is only returned once. The behaviour can be seen with
the following python script:
from socket import *;
f=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
g=socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_DGRAM | SOCK_NONBLOCK, 0);
f.bind(('::', 0));
addr=('::1', f.getsockname()[1]);
g.sendto(b'', addr)
g.sendto(b'b', addr)
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
print(f.recvfrom(10, MSG_PEEK));
Where the expected output should be the empty string twice.
Instead, make sk_peek_offset return negative values, and pass those values
to __skb_try_recv_datagram/__skb_try_recv_from_queue. If the passed offset
to __skb_try_recv_from_queue is negative, the checked skb is never skipped.
__skb_try_recv_from_queue will then ensure the offset is reset back to 0
if a peek is requested without an offset, unless no packets are found.
Also simplify the if condition in __skb_try_recv_from_queue. If _off is
greater then 0, and off is greater then or equal to skb->len, then
(_off || skb->len) must always be true assuming skb->len >= 0 is always
true.
Also remove a redundant check around a call to sk_peek_offset in af_unix.c,
as it double checked if MSG_PEEK was set in the flags.
V2:
- Moved the negative fixup into __skb_try_recv_from_queue, and remove now
redundant checks
- Fix peeking in udp{,v6}_recvmsg to report the right value when the
offset is 0
V3:
- Marked new branch in __skb_try_recv_from_queue as unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Dawson <matthew@mjdsystems.ca>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on yet another syzkaller report, I found
that our IP_MAX_MTU enforcements were not properly done.
gcc seems to reload dev->mtu for min(dev->mtu, IP_MAX_MTU), and
final result can be bigger than IP_MAX_MTU :/
This is a problem because device mtu can be changed on other cpus or
threads.
While this patch does not fix the issue I am working on, it is
probably worth addressing it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 routes currently lack nexthop flags as in IPv4. This has several
implications.
In the forwarding path, it requires us to check the carrier state of the
nexthop device and potentially ignore a linkdown route, instead of
checking for RTNH_F_LINKDOWN.
It also requires capable drivers to use the user facing IPv6-specific
route flags to provide offload indication, instead of using the nexthop
flags as in IPv4.
Add nexthop flags to IPv6 routes in the 40 bytes hole and use it to
provide offload indication instead of the RTF_OFFLOAD flag, which is
removed while it's still not part of any official kernel release.
In the near future we would like to use the field for the
RTNH_F_{LINKDOWN,DEAD} flags, but this change is more involved and might
not be ready in time for the current cycle.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This time quite a few fixes for iwlwifi and one major regression fix
for brcmfmac. For the iwlwifi aggregation bug a small change was
needed for mac80211, but as Johannes is still away the mac80211 patch
is taken via wireless-drivers tree.
brcmfmac
* fix firmware crash (a recent regression in bcm4343{0,1,8}
iwlwifi
* Some simple PCI HW ID fix-ups and additions for family 9000
* Remove a bogus warning message with new FWs (bug #196915)
* Don't allow illegal channel options to be used (bug #195299)
* A fix for checksum offload in family 9000
* A fix serious throughput degradation in 11ac with multiple streams
* An old bug in SMPS where the firmware was not aware of SMPS changes
* Fix a memory leak in the SAR code
* Fix a stuck queue case in AP mode;
* Convert a WARN to a simple debug in a legitimate race case (from
which we can recover)
* Fix a severe throughput aggregation on 9000-family devices due to
aggregation issues, needed a small change in mac80211
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJZkte/AAoJEG4XJFUm622bjqUH/01JNHIGh7WI2YHm9qA//uC0
L35j/nYwiBX47LREkVhgS2goR3BYihricM1w1uwv/1E/JJqECWVe7rPodoM4sYqh
jVVPy3ZYIK/Kk8i7v2W+VIeqR0b2q4PBt+UtruEBH1o8ESKZPDMqudq+AAbHeiih
tWJpPmS+IFW8yWaF9+v5DhWx5q4/JNvZgmNarS5/aPF+2bTR9Gw0bf8PUdyLip6J
rsv0W9e9SqmVBYkRoC4WMgM/RJbUh1d66SPQ3Yrv/nFL6cTgecC2IxQx7pCGUq9n
LbDJy6HCi+3mBJyMkVVs9iaXZiaNm7eUmEq16ENpiAnsQy5h9i/jVpySC0R/BzQ=
=KXB+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2017-08-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.13
This time quite a few fixes for iwlwifi and one major regression fix
for brcmfmac. For the iwlwifi aggregation bug a small change was
needed for mac80211, but as Johannes is still away the mac80211 patch
is taken via wireless-drivers tree.
brcmfmac
* fix firmware crash (a recent regression in bcm4343{0,1,8}
iwlwifi
* Some simple PCI HW ID fix-ups and additions for family 9000
* Remove a bogus warning message with new FWs (bug #196915)
* Don't allow illegal channel options to be used (bug #195299)
* A fix for checksum offload in family 9000
* A fix serious throughput degradation in 11ac with multiple streams
* An old bug in SMPS where the firmware was not aware of SMPS changes
* Fix a memory leak in the SAR code
* Fix a stuck queue case in AP mode;
* Convert a WARN to a simple debug in a legitimate race case (from
which we can recover)
* Fix a severe throughput aggregation on 9000-family devices due to
aggregation issues, needed a small change in mac80211
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copy_linear_skb() is broken; both of its callers actually
expect 'len' to be the amount we are trying to copy,
not the offset of the end.
Fix it keeping the meanings of arguments in sync with what the
callers (both of them) expect.
Also restore a saner behavior on EFAULT (i.e. preserving
the iov_iter position in case of failure):
The commit fd851ba9ca ("udp: harden copy_linear_skb()")
avoids the more destructive effect of the buggy
copy_linear_skb(), e.g. no more invalid memory access, but
said function still behaves incorrectly: when peeking with
offset it can fail with EINVAL instead of copying the
appropriate amount of memory.
Reported-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Fixes: b65ac44674 ("udp: try to avoid 2 cache miss on dequeue")
Fixes: fd851ba9ca ("udp: harden copy_linear_skb()")
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIN_NAPI_ID is used in various places outside of
CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL wrapping, so when it's not set
we run into build errors such as:
net/core/dev.c: In function 'dev_get_by_napi_id':
net/core/dev.c:886:16: error: ‘MIN_NAPI_ID’ undeclared (first use in this function)
if (napi_id < MIN_NAPI_ID)
^~~~~~~~~~~
Thus, have MIN_NAPI_ID always defined to fix these errors.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch c4adfc822b ("bonding: make speed, duplex setting consistent
with link state") puts the link state to down if
bond_update_speed_duplex() cannot retrieve speed and duplex settings.
Assumably the patch was written with 802.3ad mode in mind which relies
on link speed/duplex settings. For other modes like active-backup these
settings are not required. Thus, only for these other modes, this patch
reintroduces support for slaves that do not support reporting speed or
duplex such as wireless devices. This fixes the regression reported in
bug 196547 (https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=196547).
Fixes: c4adfc822b ("bonding: make speed, duplex setting consistent
with link state")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Born <futur.andy@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cops->tcf_cl_offload is no longer needed, as the drivers check what they
can and cannot offload using the classid identify helpers. So remove this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no longer need to use handle in drivers, so remove it from
tc_cls_common_offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers need classid to decide they support this specific qdisc+class
or not. So propagate it down via the tc_cls_common_offload struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offloading drivers need to understand what qdisc class a filter is added
to. Currently they only need to identify ingress, clsact->ingress and
clsact->egress. So provide these helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some bad indents of functions' defination in sm_make_chunk.c.
They have been there since beginning, it was probably caused by that
the typedef sctp_chunk_t was replaced with struct sctp_chunk.
So it's the best time to fix them in this patchset, it's also to fix
some bad indents in other functions' defination in sm_make_chunk.c.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_disposition_t, and
replace with enum sctp_disposition in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It's also to fix the indent for many functions' defination.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sm_table_entry_t, and
replace with struct sctp_sm_table_entry in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to fix some indents.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove this typedef including the struct, there is even no places
using it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_verb_t, and
replace with enum sctp_verb in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_arg_t, and
replace with union sctp_arg in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmd_seq_t, and
replace with struct sctp_cmd_seq in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Note that it doesn't fix many indents although it should,
as sctp_disposition_t's removal would mess them up again.
So better to fix them when removing sctp_disposition_t in
the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_cmd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_socket_type_t, and
replace with enum sctp_socket_type in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_dbg_objcnt_entry_t, and
replace with struct sctp_dbg_objcnt_entry in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cmsgs_t, and
replace with struct sctp_cmsgs in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_endpoint_type_t, and
replace with enum sctp_endpoint_type in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sender_hb_info_t, and
replace with struct sctp_sender_hb_info in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove this function typedef, there is even no places
using it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On systems that use mark-based routing it may be necessary for
routing lookups to use marks in order for packets to be routed
correctly. An example of such a system is Android, which uses
socket marks to route packets via different networks.
Currently, routing lookups in tunnel mode always use a mark of
zero, making routing incorrect on such systems.
This patch adds a new output_mark element to the xfrm state and
a corresponding XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK netlink attribute. The output
mark differs from the existing xfrm mark in two ways:
1. The xfrm mark is used to match xfrm policies and states, while
the xfrm output mark is used to set the mark (and influence
the routing) of the packets emitted by those states.
2. The existing mark is constrained to be a subset of the bits of
the originating socket or transformed packet, but the output
mark is arbitrary and depends only on the state.
The use of a separate mark provides additional flexibility. For
example:
- A packet subject to two transforms (e.g., transport mode inside
tunnel mode) can have two different output marks applied to it,
one for the transport mode SA and one for the tunnel mode SA.
- On a system where socket marks determine routing, the packets
emitted by an IPsec tunnel can be routed based on a mark that
is determined by the tunnel, not by the marks of the
unencrypted packets.
- Support for setting the output marks can be introduced without
breaking any existing setups that employ both mark-based
routing and xfrm tunnel mode. Simply changing the code to use
the xfrm mark for routing output packets could xfrm mark could
change behaviour in a way that breaks these setups.
If the output mark is unspecified or set to zero, the mark is not
set or changed.
Tested: make allyesconfig; make -j64
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/452776
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When the flow dissector first sees packets coming in on a DSA devices the
802.3 header wont be located where the code expects it to be as the tag
is still present. Adding this new callback allows a DSA device to provide a
new function that the flow_dissector can use to get the correct protocol
and offset of the network header.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix
dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices.
Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow callers to tell rtnetlink core that its doit callback
should be invoked without holding rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to later indicate to rtnetlink core that certain
doit functions should be called without acquiring rtnl_mutex.
This change should have no effect, we simply replace the last (now
unused) calcit argument with the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers handle rx buffer reordering internally (and by extension
handle also the rx ba session timer internally), but do not ofload the
addba/delba negotiation.
Add an api for these drivers to properly tear-down the ba session,
including sending a delba.
Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the user hasn't installed any custom rules, don't go through the
whole FIB rules layer. This is pretty similar to f4530fa574 (ipv4:
Avoid overhead when no custom FIB rules are installed).
Using a micro-benchmark module [1], timing ip6_route_output() with
get_cycles(), with 40,000 routes in the main routing table, before this
patch:
min=606 max=12911 count=627 average=1959 95th=4903 90th=3747 50th=1602 mad=821
table=254 avgdepth=21.8 maxdepth=39
value │ ┊ count
600 │▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 199
880 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 43
1160 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 48
1440 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 43
1720 │▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 59
2000 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 50
2280 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 26
2560 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 31
2840 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 28
3120 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 17
3400 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 17
3680 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
3960 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 11
4240 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 6
4520 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 6
4800 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
After:
min=544 max=11687 count=627 average=1776 95th=4546 90th=3585 50th=1227 mad=565
table=254 avgdepth=21.8 maxdepth=39
value │ ┊ count
540 │▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒ 201
800 │▒▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 63
1060 │▒▒▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 68
1320 │▒▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 39
1580 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 32
1840 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 32
2100 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 34
2360 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 33
2620 │▒▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 26
2880 │▒░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 22
3140 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
3400 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
3660 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 9
3920 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
4180 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
4440 │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ 8
At the frequency of the host during the bench (~ 3.7 GHz), this is
about a 100 ns difference on the median value.
A next step would be to collapse local and main tables, as in
0ddcf43d5d (ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse).
[1]: https://github.com/vincentbernat/network-lab/blob/master/lab-routes-ipv6/kbench_mod.c
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bridge port flags, vlans, FDBs and MDBs can be offloaded
through the bridge code, making the switchdev's SELF bridge bypass
implementation to be redundant. This implies several changes:
- No need for dump infra in switchdev, DSA's special case is handled
privately.
- Remove obj_dump from switchdev_ops.
- FDBs are removed from obj_add/del routines, due to the fact that they
are offloaded through the bridge notification chain.
- The switchdev_port_bridge_xx() and switchdev_port_fdb_xx() functions
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due
to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge.
Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus,
There is no need to support special dump functionality.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only
from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the
bridge so there is no need for special dump support.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices
can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the
prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage.
The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be
introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify
back the bridge about successful offload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave
API need to be changed to be switchdev independent.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a new type of lightweight tunnel named seg6local.
A seg6local lwt is defined by a type of action and a set of parameters.
The action represents the operation to perform on the packets matching the
lwt's route, and is not necessarily an encapsulation. The set of parameters
are arguments for the processing function.
Each action is defined in a struct seg6_action_desc within
seg6_action_table[]. This structure contains the action, mandatory
attributes, the processing function, and a static headroom size required by
the action. The mandatory attributes are encoded as a bitmask field. The
static headroom is set to a non-zero value when the processing function
always add a constant number of bytes to the skb (e.g. the header size for
encapsulations).
To facilitate rtnetlink-related operations such as parsing, fill_encap,
and cmp_encap, each type of action parameter is associated to three
function pointers, in seg6_action_params[].
All actions defined in seg6_local.h are detailed in [1].
[1] https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-filsfils-spring-srv6-network-programming-01
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports the seg6_do_srh_encap() and seg6_do_srh_inline()
functions. It also removes the CONFIG_IPV6_SEG6_INLINE knob
that enabled the compilation of seg6_do_srh_inline(). This function
is now built-in.
Signed-off-by: David Lebrun <david.lebrun@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we use 'unsigned long fh' as a pointer in every place,
it is safe to convert it to a void pointer now. This gets
rid of many casts to pointer.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to raw socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to inet6 socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
TCP moves the data in the cb. Prior to tcp_v4_rcv (e.g., early demux) the
ingress index is obtained from IPCB using inet_sdif and after tcp_v4_rcv
tcp_v4_sdif is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to udp socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Early demux lookups are handled in the next patch as part of INET_MATCH
changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to raw socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to inet socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
TCP moves the data in the cb. Prior to tcp_v4_rcv (e.g., early demux) the
ingress index is obtained from IPCB using inet_sdif and after the cb move
in tcp_v4_rcv the tcp_v4_sdif helper is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a second device index, sdif, to udp socket lookups. sdif is the
index for ingress devices enslaved to an l3mdev. It allows the lookups
to consider the enslaved device as well as the L3 domain when searching
for a socket.
Early demux lookups are handled in the next patch as part of INET_MATCH
changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prio is not cls_flower specific, but it is meaningful for all
classifiers. Seems that only mlxsw cares about the value. Obviously,
cls offload in other drivers is broken.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is specific to flower now, make it part of the flower offload
struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_subtype_t, and
replace with union sctp_subtype in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Note that it doesn't fix many indents although it should,
as sctp_disposition_t's removal would mess them up again.
So better to fix them when removing sctp_disposition_t in
later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_timeout_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_timeout in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_other_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_other in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_event_primitive_t, and
replace with enum sctp_event_primitive in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_state_t, and
replace with enum sctp_state in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_ierror_t, and
replace with enum sctp_ierror in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_xmit_t, and
replace with enum sctp_xmit in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sock_state_t, and
replace with enum sctp_sock_state in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_transport_cmd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_transport_cmd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_scope_t, and
replace with enum sctp_scope in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_scope_policy_t and keep
it's members as an anonymous enum.
It is also to define SCTP_SCOPE_POLICY_MAX to replace the num 3
in sysctl.c to make codes clear.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_retransmit_reason_t, and
replace with enum sctp_retransmit_reason in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_lower_cwnd_t, and
replace with enum sctp_lower_cwnd in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ip_options_echo() uses the current network namespace, and
currently retrives it via skb->dst->dev.
This commit adds an explicit 'net' argument to __ip_options_echo()
and update all the call sites to provide it, usually via a simpler
sock_net().
After this change, __ip_options_echo() no more needs to access
skb->dst and we can drop a couple of hack to preserve such
info in the rx path.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_exts_change is always called on newly created exts, which are not used
on fastpath. Therefore, simple struct copy is enough.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leave it to tcf_action_exec to return TC_ACT_OK in case there is no
action present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two helpers are doing the same as tcf_exts_has_actions, so remove
them and use tcf_exts_has_actions instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the tcf_exts_has_actions helper instead or directly testing
exts->nr_actions in tcf_exts_exec.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since tcf_em_tree_validate could be always called on a newly created
filter, there is no need for this change function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel supports zerocopy sendmsg in virtio and tap. Expand the
infrastructure to support other socket types. Introduce a completion
notification channel over the socket error queue. Notifications are
returned with ee_origin SO_EE_ORIGIN_ZEROCOPY. ee_errno is 0 to avoid
blocking the send/recv path on receiving notifications.
Add reference counting, to support the skb split, merge, resize and
clone operations possible with SOCK_STREAM and other socket types.
The patch does not yet modify any datapaths.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sock_omalloc and sock_ofree to be able to allocate control skbs,
for instance for looping errors onto sk_error_queue.
The transmit budget (sk_wmem_alloc) is involved in transmit skb
shaping, most notably in TCP Small Queues. Using this budget for
control packets would impact transmission.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pure refactor. This helper will be required in the xmit timer fix
later in the patch series. (Because the TLP logic will want to make
this calculation.)
Fixes: 6ba8a3b19e ("tcp: Tail loss probe (TLP)")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit 1c677b3d28 ("ipv4: fib: Add fib_info_hold() helper")
and commit b423cb1080 ("ipv4: fib: Export free_fib_info()") add an
helper to hold a reference on rt6_info and export rt6_release() to drop
it and potentially release the route.
This is needed so that drivers capable of FIB offload could hold a
reference on the route before queueing it for offload and drop it after
the route has been programmed to the device's tables.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump all the FIB tables in each net namespace upon registration to the
FIB notification chain so that the callee will have a complete view of
the tables.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-table sequence counter
that is incremented (under write lock) whenever a route is added or
deleted from the table.
All the sequence counters are read (under each table's read lock) and
summed, prior and after the dump. In case the counters differ, then the
dump is either restarted or the registration fails.
While it's possible for a table to be modified after its counter has
been read, this isn't really a problem. In case it happened before it
was read the second time, then the comparison at the end will fail. If
it happened afterwards, then we're guaranteed to be notified about the
change, as the notification block is registered prior to the second
read.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users of the FIB notification chain to receive a complete view of
the IPv6 FIB rules upon registration to the chain.
The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-family sequence counter
that is incremented (under RTNL) whenever a rule is added or deleted.
All the sequence counters are read (under RTNL) and summed, prior and
after the dump. In case the counters differ, then the dump is either
restarted or the registration fails.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As with IPv4, allow listeners of the FIB notification chain to receive
notifications whenever a route is added, replaced or deleted. This is
done by placing calls to the FIB notification chain in the two lowest
level functions that end up performing these operations - namely,
fib6_add_rt2node() and fib6_del_route().
Unlike IPv4, APPEND notifications aren't sent as the kernel doesn't
distinguish between "append" (NLM_F_CREATE|NLM_F_APPEND) and "prepend"
(NLM_F_CREATE). If NLM_F_EXCL isn't set, duplicate routes are always
added after the existing duplicate routes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're about to add IPv6 FIB offload support, so implement the necessary
callbacks in IPv6 code, which will later allow us to add routes and
rules notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit 3c71006d15 ("ipv4: fib_rules: Check if rule is
a default rule"), drivers supporting IPv6 FIB offload need to be able to
sanitize the rules they don't support and potentially flush their
tables.
Add an IPv6 helper to check if a FIB rule is a default rule.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike the routing tables, the FIB rules share a common core, so instead
of replicating the same logic for each address family we can simply dump
the rules and send notifications from the core itself.
To protect the integrity of the dump, a rules-specific sequence counter
is added for each address family and incremented whenever a rule is
added or deleted (under RTNL).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB notification chain is currently soley used by IPv4 code.
However, we're going to introduce IPv6 FIB offload support, which
requires these notification as well.
As explained in commit c3852ef7f2 ("ipv4: fib: Replay events when
registering FIB notifier"), upon registration to the chain, the callee
receives a full dump of the FIB tables and rules by traversing all the
net namespaces. The integrity of the dump is ensured by a per-namespace
sequence counter that is incremented whenever a change to the tables or
rules occurs.
In order to allow more address families to use the chain, each family is
expected to register its fib_notifier_ops in its pernet init. These
operations allow the common code to read the family's sequence counter
as well as dump its tables and rules in the given net namespace.
Additionally, a 'family' parameter is added to sent notifications, so
that listeners could distinguish between the different families.
Implement the common code that allows listeners to register to the chain
and for address families to register their fib_notifier_ops. Subsequent
patches will implement these operations in IPv6.
In the future, ipmr and ip6mr will be extended to provide these
notifications as well.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_errhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_errhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patches converted users of these functions to provide offload
indication using the nexthop's flags instead of the FIB info's.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a nf_conntrack_l3/4proto parameter is not on the left hand side
of an assignment, its address is not taken, and it is not passed to a
function that may modify its fields, then it can be declared as const.
This change is useful from a documentation point of view, and can
possibly facilitate making some nf_conntrack_l3/4proto structures const
subsequently.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows local sockets to make use of XFRM GSO code path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
IPSec crypto offload depends on the protocol-specific
offload module (such as esp_offload.ko).
When the user installs an SA with crypto-offload, load
the offload module automatically, in the same way
that the protocol module is loaded (such as esp.ko)
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and
.get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's
MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA
layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver.
In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from
the .set_eee operation.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generalize strparser from more than just being used in conjunction
with read_sock. strparser will also be used in the send path with
zero proxy. The primary change is to create strp_process function
that performs the critical processing on skbs. The documentation
is also updated to reflect the new uses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new proto_ops sendmsg_locked and sendpage_locked that can be
called when the socket lock is already held. Correspondingly, add
kernel_sendmsg_locked and kernel_sendpage_locked as front end
functions.
These functions will be used in zero proxy so that we can take
the socket lock in a ULP sendmsg/sendpage and then directly call the
backend transport proto_ops functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
re-indent tcp_ack, and remove CA_ACK_SLOWPATH; it is always set now.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like prequeue, I am not sure this is overly useful nowadays.
If we receive a train of packets, GRO will aggregate them if the
headers are the same (HP predates GRO by several years) so we don't
get a per-packet benefit, only a per-aggregated-packet one.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prequeue is a tcp receive optimization that moves part of rx processing
from bh to process context.
This only works if the socket being processed belongs to a process that
is blocked in recv on that socket.
In practice, this doesn't happen anymore that often because nowadays
servers tend to use an event driven (epoll) model.
Even normal client applications (web browsers) commonly use many tcp
connections in parallel.
This has measureable impact only in netperf (which uses plain recv and
thus allows prequeue use) from host to locally running vm (~4%), however,
there were no changes when using netperf between two physical hosts with
ixgbe interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discussion during NFWS 2017 in Faro has shown that the current
conntrack behaviour is unreasonable.
Even if conntrack module is loaded on behalf of a single net namespace,
its turned on for all namespaces, which is expensive. Commit
481fa37347 ("netfilter: conntrack: add nf_conntrack_default_on sysctl")
attempted to provide an alternative to the 'default on' behaviour by
adding a sysctl to change it.
However, as Eric points out, the sysctl only becomes available
once the module is loaded, and then its too late.
So we either have to move the sysctl to the core, or, alternatively,
change conntrack to become active only once the rule set requires this.
This does the latter, conntrack is only enabled when a rule needs it.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Same conversion as for table names, use NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as upper
boundary as well.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Allocate all table names dynamically to allow for arbitrary lengths but
introduce NFT_NAME_MAXLEN as an upper sanity boundary. It's value was
chosen to allow using a domain name as per RFC 1035.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is similar to strdup() for netlink string attributes.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This also removes __nf_ct_unconfirmed_destroy() call from
nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net, so that function can be used only
when missing conntracks from unconfirmed list isn't a problem.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have several spots that open-code a expect walk, add a helper
that is similar to nf_ct_iterate_destroy/nf_ct_iterate_cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Generic bitflags attribute content sent to the kernel by user.
With this netlink attr type the user can either set or unset a
flag in the kernel.
The value is a bitmap that defines the bit values being set
The selector is a bitmask that defines which value bit is to be
considered.
A check is made to ensure the rules that a kernel subsystem always
conforms to bitflags the kernel already knows about. i.e
if the user tries to set a bit flag that is not understood then
the _it will be rejected_.
In the most basic form, the user specifies the attribute policy as:
[ATTR_GOO] = { .type = NLA_BITFIELD32, .validation_data = &myvalidflags },
where myvalidflags is the bit mask of the flags the kernel understands.
If the user _does not_ provide myvalidflags then the attribute will
also be rejected.
Examples:
value = 0x0, and selector = 0x1
implies we are selecting bit 1 and we want to set its value to 0.
value = 0x2, and selector = 0x2
implies we are selecting bit 2 and we want to set its value to 1.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an early demuxed packet reaches __udp6_lib_lookup_skb(), the
sk reference is retrieved and used, but the relevant reference
count is leaked and the socket destructor is never called.
Beyond leaking the sk memory, if there are pending UDP packets
in the receive queue, even the related accounted memory is leaked.
In the long run, this will cause persistent forward allocation errors
and no UDP skbs (both ipv4 and ipv6) will be able to reach the
user-space.
Fix this by explicitly accessing the early demux reference before
the lookup, and properly decreasing the socket reference count
after usage.
Also drop the skb_steal_sock() in __udp6_lib_lookup_skb(), and
the now obsoleted comment about "socket cache".
The newly added code is derived from the current ipv4 code for the
similar path.
v1 -> v2:
fixed the __udp6_lib_rcv() return code for resubmission,
as suggested by Eric
Reported-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Haber <mh+netdev@zugschlus.de>
Fixes: 5425077d73 ("net: ipv6: Add early demux handler for UDP unicast")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b1f5bfc27a ("sctp: don't dereference ptr before leaving
_sctp_walk_{params, errors}()") tried to fix the issue that it
may overstep the chunk end for _sctp_walk_{params, errors} with
'chunk_end > offset(length) + sizeof(length)'.
But it introduced a side effect: When processing INIT, it verifies
the chunks with 'param.v == chunk_end' after iterating all params
by sctp_walk_params(). With the check 'chunk_end > offset(length)
+ sizeof(length)', it would return when the last param is not yet
accessed. Because the last param usually is fwdtsn supported param
whose size is 4 and 'chunk_end == offset(length) + sizeof(length)'
This is a badly issue even causing sctp couldn't process 4-shakes.
Client would always get abort when connecting to server, due to
the failure of INIT chunk verification on server.
The patch is to use 'chunk_end <= offset(length) + sizeof(length)'
instead of 'chunk_end < offset(length) + sizeof(length)' for both
_sctp_walk_params and _sctp_walk_errors.
Fixes: b1f5bfc27a ("sctp: don't dereference ptr before leaving _sctp_walk_{params, errors}()")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paul Moore reported a SELinux/IP_PASSSEC regression
caused by missing skb->sp at recvmsg() time. We need to
preserve the skb head state to process the IP_CMSG_PASSSEC
cmsg.
With this commit we avoid releasing the skb head state in the
BH even if a secpath is attached to the current skb, and stores
the skb status (with/without head states) in the scratch area,
so that we can access it at skb deallocation time, without
incurring in cache-miss penalties.
This also avoids misusing the skb CB for ipv6 packets,
as introduced by the commit 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve
skb->dst if required for IP options processing").
Clean a bit the scratch area helpers implementation, to
reduce the code differences between 32 and 64 bits build.
Reported-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Fixes: 0a463c78d2 ("udp: avoid a cache miss on dequeue")
Fixes: 0ddf3fb2c4 ("udp: preserve skb->dst if required for IP options processing")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last (4th) argument of tcp_rcv_established() is redundant as it
always equals to skb->len and the skb itself is always passed as 2th
agrument. There is no reason to have it.
Signed-off-by: Ilya V. Matveychikov <matvejchikov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_sackhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_sackhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_DROP_INFO event, similar to
NETDEV_UDP_TUNNEL_PUSH_INFO, to signal to un-offload ports.
This also adds udp_tunnel_drop_rx_port(), which calls
ndo_udp_tunnel_del.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These chain counters are only used by the iptables-compat tool, that
allow users to use the x_tables extensions from the existing nf_tables
framework. This patch makes nf_tables by ~5% for the general usecase,
ie. native nft users, where no chain counters are used at all.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) BPF verifier signed/unsigned value tracking fix, from Daniel
Borkmann, Edward Cree, and Josef Bacik.
2) Fix memory allocation length when setting up calls to
->ndo_set_mac_address, from Cong Wang.
3) Add a new cxgb4 device ID, from Ganesh Goudar.
4) Fix FIB refcount handling, we have to set it's initial value before
the configure callback (which can bump it). From David Ahern.
5) Fix double-free in qcom/emac driver, from Timur Tabi.
6) A bunch of gcc-7 string format overflow warning fixes from Arnd
Bergmann.
7) Fix link level headroom tests in ip_do_fragment(), from Vasily
Averin.
8) Fix chunk walking in SCTP when iterating over error and parameter
headers. From Alexander Potapenko.
9) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Neal Cardwell.
10) Fix SKB fragment handling in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
11) BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_SOCK_OPS needs to check for null __sk, from Cong
Wang.
12) xmit_recursion in ppp driver needs to be per-device not per-cpu,
from Gao Feng.
13) Cannot release skb->dst in UDP if IP options processing needs it.
From Paolo Abeni.
14) Some netdev ioctl ifr_name[] NULL termination fixes. From Alexander
Levin and myself.
15) Revert some rtnetlink notification changes that are causing
regressions, from David Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (83 commits)
net: bonding: Fix transmit load balancing in balance-alb mode
rds: Make sure updates to cp_send_gen can be observed
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: Push the request_irq function to the end of probe
ipv4: initialize fib_trie prior to register_netdev_notifier call.
rtnetlink: allocate more memory for dev_set_mac_address()
net: dsa: b53: Add missing ARL entries for BCM53125
bpf: more tests for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: add test for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: fix up test cases with mixed signed/unsigned bounds
bpf: allow to specify log level and reduce it for test_verifier
bpf: fix mixed signed/unsigned derived min/max value bounds
ipv6: avoid overflow of offset in ip6_find_1stfragopt
net: tehuti: don't process data if it has not been copied from userspace
Revert "rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for CHANGEADDR event"
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Enable CMODE config support for 6390X
dt-binding: ptp: Add SoC compatibility strings for dte ptp clock
NET: dwmac: Make dwmac reset unconditional
net: Zero terminate ifr_name in dev_ifname().
wireless: wext: terminate ifr name coming from userspace
netfilter: fix netfilter_net_init() return
...
The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and
dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to
dsa.c.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjusts the timeout formula to schedule the TCP loss probe
(TLP). The previous formula uses 2*SRTT or 1.5*RTT + DelayACKMax if
only one packet is in flight. It keeps a lower bound of 10 msec which
is too large for short RTT connections (e.g. within a data-center).
The new formula = 2*RTT + (inflight == 1 ? 200ms : 2ticks) which
performs better for short and fast connections.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
randstruct plugin, including the task_struct.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=ngAW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.13-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull structure randomization updates from Kees Cook:
"Now that IPC and other changes have landed, enable manual markings for
randstruct plugin, including the task_struct.
This is the rest of what was staged in -next for the gcc-plugins, and
comes in three patches, largest first:
- mark "easy" structs with __randomize_layout
- mark task_struct with an optional anonymous struct to isolate the
__randomize_layout section
- mark structs to opt _out_ of automated marking (which will come
later)
And, FWIW, this continues to pass allmodconfig (normal and patched to
enable gcc-plugins) builds of x86_64, i386, arm64, arm, powerpc, and
s390 for me"
* tag 'gcc-plugins-v4.13-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux:
randstruct: opt-out externally exposed function pointer structs
task_struct: Allow randomized layout
randstruct: Mark various structs for randomization
retain last used xfrm_dst in a pcpu cache.
On next request, reuse this dst if the policies are the same.
The cache will not help with strict RR workloads as there is no hit.
The cache packet-path part is reasonably small, the notifier part is
needed so we do not add long hangs when a device is dismantled but some
pcpu xdst still holds a reference, there are also calls to the flush
operation when userspace deletes SAs so modules can be removed
(there is no hit.
We need to run the dst_release on the correct cpu to avoid races with
packet path. This is done by adding a work_struct for each cpu and then
doing the actual test/release on each affected cpu via schedule_work_on().
Test results using 4 network namespaces and null encryption:
ns1 ns2 -> ns3 -> ns4
netperf -> xfrm/null enc -> xfrm/null dec -> netserver
what TCP_STREAM UDP_STREAM UDP_RR
Flow cache: 14644.61 294.35 327231.64
No flow cache: 14349.81 242.64 202301.72
Pcpu cache: 14629.70 292.21 205595.22
UDP tests used 64byte packets, tests ran for one minute each,
value is average over ten iterations.
'Flow cache' is 'net-next', 'No flow cache' is net-next plus this
series but without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rcu conversions performance degradation in forward tests isn't that
noticeable anymore.
See next patch for some numbers.
A followup patcg could then also remove genid from the policies
as we do not cache bundles anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discussed in Faro during Netfilter Workshop 2017, RB trees can be
used with RCU, using a seqlock.
Note that net/rxrpc/conn_service.c is already using this.
This patch converts inetpeer from AVL tree to RB tree, since it allows
to remove private AVL implementation in favor of shared RB code.
$ size net/ipv4/inetpeer.before net/ipv4/inetpeer.after
text data bss dec hex filename
3195 40 128 3363 d23 net/ipv4/inetpeer.before
1562 24 0 1586 632 net/ipv4/inetpeer.after
The same technique can be used to speed up
net/netfilter/nft_set_rbtree.c (removing rwlock contention in fast path)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All unix sockets now account inflight FDs to the respective sender.
This was introduced in:
commit 712f4aad40
Author: willy tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Date: Sun Jan 10 07:54:56 2016 +0100
unix: properly account for FDs passed over unix sockets
and further refined in:
commit 415e3d3e90
Author: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Date: Wed Feb 3 02:11:03 2016 +0100
unix: correctly track in-flight fds in sending process user_struct
Hence, regardless of the stacking depth of FDs, the total number of
inflight FDs is limited, and accounted. There is no known way for a
local user to exceed those limits or exploit the accounting.
Furthermore, the GC logic is independent of the recursion/stacking depth
as well. It solely depends on the total number of inflight FDs,
regardless of their layout.
Lastly, the current `recursion_level' suffers a TOCTOU race, since it
checks and inherits depths only at queue time. If we consider `A<-B' to
mean `queue-B-on-A', the following sequence circumvents the recursion
level easily:
A<-B
B<-C
C<-D
...
Y<-Z
resulting in:
A<-B<-C<-...<-Z
With all of this in mind, lets drop the recursion limit. It has no
additional security value, anymore. On the contrary, it randomly
confuses message brokers that try to forward file-descriptors, since
any sendmsg(2) call can fail spuriously with ETOOMANYREFS if a client
maliciously modifies the FD while inflight.
Cc: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: Simon McVittie <simon.mcvittie@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_hmac_algo_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_hmac_algo_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_chunks_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_chunks_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
It is also to use sizeof(variable) instead of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_random_param_t, and
replace with struct sctp_random_param in the places where it's
using this typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of an "anycast destination address" has been tweaked as a
side-effect of commit 2647a9b070 ("ipv6: Remove external dependency on
rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST"). The first address of a point-to-point
/127 subnet is now considered as an anycast address. This prevents
ICMPv6 errors to be returned to a sender of such a subnet and breaks
PMTU discovery.
This can be reproduced with:
ip link add name out6 type veth peer name in6
ip link add name out7 type veth peer name in7
ip link set mtu 1400 dev out7
ip link set mtu 1400 dev in7
ip netns add next-hop
ip netns add next-next-hop
ip link set netns next-hop dev in6
ip link set netns next-hop dev out7
ip link set netns next-next-hop dev in7
ip link set up dev out6
ip addr add 2001:db8:1::12/127 dev out6
ip netns exec next-hop ip link set up dev in6
ip netns exec next-hop ip link set up dev out7
ip netns exec next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::13/127 dev in6
ip netns exec next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::14/127 dev out7
ip netns exec next-hop ip route add default via 2001:db8:1::15
ip netns exec next-hop sysctl -qw net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip link set up dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::15/127 dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip addr add 2001:db8:1::50/128 dev in7
ip netns exec next-next-hop ip route add default via 2001:db8:1::14
ip netns exec next-next-hop sysctl -qw net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=1
ip route add 2001:db8:1::48/123 via 2001:db8:1::13
sleep 4
ping -M do -s 1452 -c 3 2001:db8:1::50 || true
ip route get 2001:db8:1::50
Before the patch, we get:
2001:db8:1::50 from :: via 2001:db8:1::13 dev out6 src 2001:db8:1::12 metric 1024 pref medium
After the patch, we get:
2001:db8:1::50 via 2001:db8:1::13 dev out6 src 2001:db8:1::12 metric 0
cache expires 578sec mtu 1400 pref medium
Fixes: 2647a9b070 ("ipv6: Remove external dependency on rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull ->s_options removal from Al Viro:
"Preparations for fsmount/fsopen stuff (coming next cycle). Everything
gets moved to explicit ->show_options(), killing ->s_options off +
some cosmetic bits around fs/namespace.c and friends. Basically, the
stuff needed to work with fsmount series with minimum of conflicts
with other work.
It's not strictly required for this merge window, but it would reduce
the PITA during the coming cycle, so it would be nice to have those
bits and pieces out of the way"
* 'work.mount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
isofs: Fix isofs_show_options()
VFS: Kill off s_options and helpers
orangefs: Implement show_options
9p: Implement show_options
isofs: Implement show_options
afs: Implement show_options
affs: Implement show_options
befs: Implement show_options
spufs: Implement show_options
bpf: Implement show_options
ramfs: Implement show_options
pstore: Implement show_options
omfs: Implement show_options
hugetlbfs: Implement show_options
VFS: Don't use save/replace_mount_options if not using generic_show_options
VFS: Provide empty name qstr
VFS: Make get_filesystem() return the affected filesystem
VFS: Clean up whitespace in fs/namespace.c and fs/super.c
Provide a function to create a NUL-terminated string from unterminated data
Fill in missing kernel-doc for missing elements in struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the show_options superblock op for 9p as part of a bid to get
rid of s_options and generic_show_options() to make it easier to implement
a context-based mount where the mount options can be passed individually
over a file descriptor.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Mostly fixing some light fallout from the changes that went into the
merge window.
1) Fix memory leaks on network namespace teardown in netfilter, from
Liping Zhang.
2) When comparing ipv6 nexthops, we have to take the lightweight
tunnel state into account as well. From David Ahern.
3) Fix socket option object length check in the new TLS code, from
Matthias Rosenfelder.
4) Fix memory leak in nfp driver flower support, from Jakub Kicinski.
5) Several netlink attribute validation fixes in cfg80211, from
Srinivas Dasari.
6) Fix context array leak in virtio_net, from Jason Wang.
7) SKB use after free in hns driver, from Yusheng Lin.
8) Fix socket leak on accept() in RDS, from Sowmini Varadhan. Also
add a WARN_ON() to sock_graft() so other protocol stacks don't
trip over this as well"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
net: ethernet: mediatek: remove useless code in mtk_probe()
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute
doc: SKB_GSO_[IPIP|SIT] have been replaced
bonding: avoid NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event when unregistering slave
net/sock: add WARN_ON(parent->sk) in sock_graft()
rds: tcp: use sock_create_lite() to create the accept socket
net: hns: Fix a skb used after free bug
net: hns: Fix a wrong op phy C45 code
net: macb: Adding Support for Jumbo Frames up to 10240 Bytes in SAMA5D3
net: Update networking MAINTAINERS entry.
virtio-net: fix leaking of ctx array
cfg80211: Validate frequencies nested in NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
cfg80211: Define nla_policy for NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE
cfg80211: Check if NAN service ID is of expected size
cfg80211: Check if PMKID attribute is of expected size
arcnet: com20020-pci: Fix an error handling path in 'com20020pci_probe()'
nfp: flower: add missing clean up call to avoid memory leaks
vrf: fix bug_on triggered by rx when destroying a vrf
ptp: dte: Use LL suffix for 64-bit constants
sctp: set the value of flowi6_oif to sk_bound_dev_if to make sctp_v6_get_dst to find the correct route entry.
...
sock_graft() unilaterally sets up parent->sk based on the
assumption that the existing parent->sk is null. If this
condition is not true, then the existing parent->sk would
be leaked, so add a WARN_ON() to alert callers who may fall
in this category.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull percpu updates from Tejun Heo:
"These are the percpu changes for the v4.13-rc1 merge window. There are
a couple visibility related changes - tracepoints and allocator stats
through debugfs, along with __ro_after_init markings and a cosmetic
rename in percpu_counter.
Please note that the simple O(#elements_in_the_chunk) area allocator
used by percpu allocator is again showing scalability issues,
primarily with bpf allocating and freeing large number of counters.
Dennis is working on the replacement allocator and the percpu
allocator will be seeing increased churns in the coming cycles"
* 'for-4.13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
percpu: fix static checker warnings in pcpu_destroy_chunk
percpu: fix early calls for spinlock in pcpu_stats
percpu: resolve err may not be initialized in pcpu_alloc
percpu_counter: Rename __percpu_counter_add to percpu_counter_add_batch
percpu: add tracepoint support for percpu memory
percpu: expose statistics about percpu memory via debugfs
percpu: migrate percpu data structures to internal header
percpu: add missing lockdep_assert_held to func pcpu_free_area
mark most percpu globals as __ro_after_init
Lennert reported a failure to add different mpls encaps in a multipath
route:
$ ip -6 route add 1234::/16 \
nexthop encap mpls 10 via fe80::1 dev ens3 \
nexthop encap mpls 20 via fe80::1 dev ens3
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
The problem is that the duplicate nexthop detection does not compare
lwtunnel configuration. Add it.
Fixes: 19e42e4515 ("ipv6: support for fib route lwtunnel encap attributes")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reported-by: João Taveira Araújo <joao.taveira@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Reasonably busy this cycle, but perhaps not as busy as in the 4.12
merge window:
1) Several optimizations for UDP processing under high load from
Paolo Abeni.
2) Support pacing internally in TCP when using the sch_fq packet
scheduler for this is not practical. From Eric Dumazet.
3) Support mutliple filter chains per qdisc, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Move to 1ms TCP timestamp clock, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Add batch dequeueing to vhost_net, from Jason Wang.
6) Flesh out more completely SCTP checksum offload support, from
Davide Caratti.
7) More plumbing of extended netlink ACKs, from David Ahern, Pablo
Neira Ayuso, and Matthias Schiffer.
8) Add devlink support to nfp driver, from Simon Horman.
9) Add RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag to RTM_GETROUTE queries, from Roopa
Prabhu.
10) Add stack depth tracking to BPF verifier and use this information
in the various eBPF JITs. From Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Support XDP on qed device VFs, from Yuval Mintz.
12) Introduce BPF PROG ID for better introspection of installed BPF
programs. From Martin KaFai Lau.
13) Add bpf_set_hash helper for TC bpf programs, from Daniel Borkmann.
14) For loads, allow narrower accesses in bpf verifier checking, from
Yonghong Song.
15) Support MIPS in the BPF selftests and samples infrastructure, the
MIPS eBPF JIT will be merged in via the MIPS GIT tree. From David
Daney.
16) Support kernel based TLS, from Dave Watson and others.
17) Remove completely DST garbage collection, from Wei Wang.
18) Allow installing TCP MD5 rules using prefixes, from Ivan
Delalande.
19) Add XDP support to Intel i40e driver, from Björn Töpel
20) Add support for TC flower offload in nfp driver, from Simon
Horman, Pieter Jansen van Vuuren, Benjamin LaHaise, Jakub
Kicinski, and Bert van Leeuwen.
21) IPSEC offloading support in mlx5, from Ilan Tayari.
22) Add HW PTP support to macb driver, from Rafal Ozieblo.
23) Networking refcount_t conversions, From Elena Reshetova.
24) Add sock_ops support to BPF, from Lawrence Brako. This is useful
for tuning the TCP sockopt settings of a group of applications,
currently via CGROUPs"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1899 commits)
net: phy: dp83867: add workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
dt-bindings: phy: dp83867: provide a workaround for incorrect RX_CTRL pin strap
cxgb4: Support for get_ts_info ethtool method
cxgb4: Add PTP Hardware Clock (PHC) support
cxgb4: time stamping interface for PTP
nfp: default to chained metadata prepend format
nfp: remove legacy MAC address lookup
nfp: improve order of interfaces in breakout mode
net: macb: remove extraneous return when MACB_EXT_DESC is defined
bpf: add missing break in for the TCP_BPF_SNDCWND_CLAMP case
bpf: fix return in load_bpf_file
mpls: fix rtm policy in mpls_getroute
net, ax25: convert ax25_cb.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_route.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, ax25: convert ax25_uid_assoc.refcount from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_ep_common.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_transport.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_chunk.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_datamsg.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
net, sctp: convert sctp_auth_bytes.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t
...
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cVjZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux
Pull documentation updates from Jonathan Corbet:
"There has been a fair amount of activity in the docs tree this time
around. Highlights include:
- Conversion of a bunch of security documentation into RST
- The conversion of the remaining DocBook templates by The Amazing
Mauro Machine. We can now drop the entire DocBook build chain.
- The usual collection of fixes and minor updates"
* tag 'docs-4.13' of git://git.lwn.net/linux: (90 commits)
scripts/kernel-doc: handle DECLARE_HASHTABLE
Documentation: atomic_ops.txt is core-api/atomic_ops.rst
Docs: clean up some DocBook loose ends
Make the main documentation title less Geocities
Docs: Use kernel-figure in vidioc-g-selection.rst
Docs: fix table problems in ras.rst
Docs: Fix breakage with Sphinx 1.5 and upper
Docs: Include the Latex "ifthen" package
doc/kokr/howto: Only send regression fixes after -rc1
docs-rst: fix broken links to dynamic-debug-howto in kernel-parameters
doc: Document suitability of IBM Verse for kernel development
Doc: fix a markup error in coding-style.rst
docs: driver-api: i2c: remove some outdated information
Documentation: DMA API: fix a typo in a function name
Docs: Insert missing space to separate link from text
doc/ko_KR/memory-barriers: Update control-dependencies example
Documentation, kbuild: fix typo "minimun" -> "minimum"
docs: Fix some formatting issues in request-key.rst
doc: ReSTify keys-trusted-encrypted.txt
doc: ReSTify keys-request-key.txt
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle were:
- Add the SYSTEM_SCHEDULING bootup state to move various scheduler
debug checks earlier into the bootup. This turns silent and
sporadically deadly bugs into nice, deterministic splats. Fix some
of the splats that triggered. (Thomas Gleixner)
- A round of restructuring and refactoring of the load-balancing and
topology code (Peter Zijlstra)
- Another round of consolidating ~20 of incremental scheduler code
history: this time in terms of wait-queue nomenclature. (I didn't
get much feedback on these renaming patches, and we can still
easily change any names I might have misplaced, so if anyone hates
a new name, please holler and I'll fix it.) (Ingo Molnar)
- sched/numa improvements, fixes and updates (Rik van Riel)
- Another round of x86/tsc scheduler clock code improvements, in hope
of making it more robust (Peter Zijlstra)
- Improve NOHZ behavior (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Deadline scheduler improvements and fixes (Luca Abeni, Daniel
Bristot de Oliveira)
- Simplify and optimize the topology setup code (Lauro Ramos
Venancio)
- Debloat and decouple scheduler code some more (Nicolas Pitre)
- Simplify code by making better use of llist primitives (Byungchul
Park)
- ... plus other fixes and improvements"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (103 commits)
sched/cputime: Refactor the cputime_adjust() code
sched/debug: Expose the number of RT/DL tasks that can migrate
sched/numa: Hide numa_wake_affine() from UP build
sched/fair: Remove effective_load()
sched/numa: Implement NUMA node level wake_affine()
sched/fair: Simplify wake_affine() for the single socket case
sched/numa: Override part of migrate_degrades_locality() when idle balancing
sched/rt: Move RT related code from sched/core.c to sched/rt.c
sched/deadline: Move DL related code from sched/core.c to sched/deadline.c
sched/cpuset: Only offer CONFIG_CPUSETS if SMP is enabled
sched/fair: Spare idle load balancing on nohz_full CPUs
nohz: Move idle balancer registration to the idle path
sched/loadavg: Generalize "_idle" naming to "_nohz"
sched/core: Drop the unused try_get_task_struct() helper function
sched/fair: WARN() and refuse to set buddy when !se->on_rq
sched/debug: Fix SCHED_WARN_ON() to return a value on !CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG as well
sched/wait: Disambiguate wq_entry->task_list and wq_head->task_list naming
sched/wait: Move bit_wait_table[] and related functionality from sched/core.c to sched/wait_bit.c
sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h>
sched/wait: Re-adjust macro line continuation backslashes in <linux/wait.h>
...
It's not a good idea to add the same hlist_node to two different hash lists.
This leads to various hard to debug memory corruptions.
Fixes: b1be00a6c3 ("vxlan: support both IPv4 and IPv6 sockets in a single vxlan device")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for changing congestion control for SOCK_OPS bpf
programs through the setsockopt bpf helper function. It also adds
a new SOCK_OPS op, BPF_SOCK_OPS_NEEDS_ECN, that is needed for
congestion controls, like dctcp, that need to enable ECN in the
SYN packets.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds suppport for setting the initial advertized window from
within a BPF_SOCK_OPS program. This can be used to support larger
initial cwnd values in environments where it is known to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for setting a per connection SYN and
SYN_ACK RTOs from within a BPF_SOCK_OPS program. For example,
to set small RTOs when it is known both hosts are within a
datacenter.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Created a new BPF program type, BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS, and a corresponding
struct that allows BPF programs of this type to access some of the
socket's fields (such as IP addresses, ports, etc.). It uses the
existing bpf cgroups infrastructure so the programs can be attached per
cgroup with full inheritance support. The program will be called at
appropriate times to set relevant connections parameters such as buffer
sizes, SYN and SYN-ACK RTOs, etc., based on connection information such
as IP addresses, port numbers, etc.
Alghough there are already 3 mechanisms to set parameters (sysctls,
route metrics and setsockopts), this new mechanism provides some
distinct advantages. Unlike sysctls, it can set parameters per
connection. In contrast to route metrics, it can also use port numbers
and information provided by a user level program. In addition, it could
set parameters probabilistically for evaluation purposes (i.e. do
something different on 10% of the flows and compare results with the
other 90% of the flows). Also, in cases where IPv6 addresses contain
geographic information, the rules to make changes based on the distance
(or RTT) between the hosts are much easier than route metric rules and
can be global. Finally, unlike setsockopt, it oes not require
application changes and it can be updated easily at any time.
Although the bpf cgroup framework already contains a sock related
program type (BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK), I created the new type
(BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCK_OPS) beccause the existing type expects to be called
only once during the connections's lifetime. In contrast, the new
program type will be called multiple times from different places in the
network stack code. For example, before sending SYN and SYN-ACKs to set
an appropriate timeout, when the connection is established to set
congestion control, etc. As a result it has "op" field to specify the
type of operation requested.
The purpose of this new program type is to simplify setting connection
parameters, such as buffer sizes, TCP's SYN RTO, etc. For example, it is
easy to use facebook's internal IPv6 addresses to determine if both hosts
of a connection are in the same datacenter. Therefore, it is easy to
write a BPF program to choose a small SYN RTO value when both hosts are
in the same datacenter.
This patch only contains the framework to support the new BPF program
type, following patches add the functionality to set various connection
parameters.
This patch defines a new BPF program type: BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_OPS
and a new bpf syscall command to load a new program of this type:
BPF_PROG_LOAD_SOCKET_OPS.
Two new corresponding structs (one for the kernel one for the user/BPF
program):
/* kernel version */
struct bpf_sock_ops_kern {
struct sock *sk;
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
};
/* user version
* Some fields are in network byte order reflecting the sock struct
* Use the bpf_ntohl helper macro in samples/bpf/bpf_endian.h to
* convert them to host byte order.
*/
struct bpf_sock_ops {
__u32 op;
union {
__u32 reply;
__u32 replylong[4];
};
__u32 family;
__u32 remote_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip4; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_ip6[4]; /* In network byte order */
__u32 remote_port; /* In network byte order */
__u32 local_port; /* In host byte horder */
};
Currently there are two types of ops. The first type expects the BPF
program to return a value which is then used by the caller (or a
negative value to indicate the operation is not supported). The second
type expects state changes to be done by the BPF program, for example
through a setsockopt BPF helper function, and they ignore the return
value.
The reply fields of the bpf_sockt_ops struct are there in case a bpf
program needs to return a value larger than an integer.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_init_chunk_t, and replace
with struct sctp_init_chunk in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_data_chunk_t, and replace
with struct sctp_data_chunk in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_param_t, and replace with
struct sctp_paramhdr in the places where it's using this typedef.
It is also to remove the useless declaration sctp_addip_addr_config
and fix the lack of params for some other functions' declaration.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_paramhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_paramhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to fix some indents and use sizeof(variable) instead
of sizeof(type).
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_cid_t, and replace
with struct sctp_cid in the places where it's using this
typedef.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to remove the typedef sctp_chunkhdr_t, and replace
with struct sctp_chunkhdr in the places where it's using this
typedef.
It is also to fix some indents and use sizeof(variable) instead
of sizeof(type)., especially in sctp_new.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to allow switchdev ops to be set if NET_SWITCHDEV is configured
and do nothing otherwise. This allows for slightly cleaner code which
uses switchdev but does not select NET_SWITCHDEV.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This patch uses refcount_inc_not_zero() instead of
atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() due to absense of a _hint()
version of refcount API. If the hint() version must
be used, we might need to revisit API.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This conversion requires overall +1 on the whole
refcounting scheme.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This marks many critical kernel structures for randomization. These are
structures that have been targeted in the past in security exploits, or
contain functions pointers, pointers to function pointer tables, lists,
workqueues, ref-counters, credentials, permissions, or are otherwise
sensitive. This initial list was extracted from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's
code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my understanding
of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are mine and
don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Left out of this list is task_struct, which requires special handling
and will be covered in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree. This batch contains connection tracking updates for the cleanup
iteration path, patches from Florian Westphal:
X) Skip unconfirmed conntracks in nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net(), just set
dying bit to let the CPU release them.
X) Add nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to be used on module removal, to kill
conntrack from all namespace.
X) Restart iteration on hashtable resizing, since both may occur at
the same time.
X) Use the new nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack with NAT
mapping on module removal.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_destroy() to remove conntrack entries helper
module removal, from Liping Zhang.
X) Use nf_ct_iterate_cleanup_net() to remove the timeout extension
if user requests this, also from Liping.
X) Add net_ns_barrier() and use it from FTP helper, so make sure
no concurrent namespace removal happens at the same time while
the helper module is being removed.
X) Use NFPROTO_MAX in layer 3 conntrack protocol array, to reduce
module size. Same thing in nf_tables.
Updates for the nf_tables infrastructure:
X) Prepare usage of the extended ACK reporting infrastructure for
nf_tables.
X) Remove unnecessary forward declaration in nf_tables hash set.
X) Skip set size estimation if number of element is not specified.
X) Changes to accomodate a (faster) unresizable hash set implementation,
for anonymous sets and dynamic size fixed sets with no timeouts.
X) Faster lookup function for unresizable hash table for 2 and 4
bytes key.
And, finally, a bunch of asorted small updates and cleanups:
X) Do not hold reference to netdev from ipt_CLUSTER, instead subscribe
to device events and look up for index from the packet path, this
is fixing an issue that is present since the very beginning, patch
from Xin Long.
X) Use nf_register_net_hook() in ipt_CLUSTER, from Florian Westphal.
X) Use ebt_invalid_target() whenever possible in the ebtables tree,
from Gao Feng.
X) Calm down compilation warning in nf_dup infrastructure, patch from
stephen hemminger.
X) Statify functions in nftables rt expression, also from stephen.
X) Update Makefile to use canonical method to specify nf_tables-objs.
From Jike Song.
X) Use nf_conntrack_helpers_register() in amanda and H323.
X) Space cleanup for ctnetlink, from linzhang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that they can be later used by the IPv6 code, too.
Also lift the comments a bit.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for extended error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switches and modern SR-IOV enabled NICs may multiplex traffic from Port
representators and control messages over single set of hardware queues.
Control messages and muxed traffic may need ordered delivery.
Those requirements make it hard to comfortably use TC infrastructure today
unless we have a way of attaching metadata to skbs at the upper device.
Because single set of queues is used for many netdevs stopping TC/sched
queues of all of them reliably is impossible and lower device has to
retreat to returning NETDEV_TX_BUSY and usually has to take extra locks on
the fastpath.
This patch attempts to enable port/representative devs to attach metadata
to skbs which carry port id. This way representatives can be queueless and
all queuing can be performed at the lower netdev in the usual way.
Traffic arriving on the port/representative interfaces will be have
metadata attached and will subsequently be queued to the lower device for
transmission. The lower device should recognize the metadata and translate
it to HW specific format which is most likely either a special header
inserted before the network headers or descriptor/metadata fields.
Metadata is associated with the lower device by storing the netdev pointer
along with port id so that if TC decides to redirect or mirror the new
netdev will not try to interpret it.
This is mostly for SR-IOV devices since switches don't have lower netdevs
today.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-06-23
1) Use memdup_user to spmlify xfrm_user_policy.
From Geliang Tang.
2) Make xfrm_dev_register static to silence a sparse warning.
From Wei Yongjun.
3) Use crypto_memneq to check the ICV in the AH protocol.
From Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Remove some unused variables in esp6.
From Stephen Hemminger.
5) Extend XFRM MIGRATE to allow to change the UDP encapsulation port.
From Antony Antony.
6) Include the UDP encapsulation port to km_migrate announcements.
From Antony Antony.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-06-23
1) Fix xfrm garbage collecting when unregistering a netdevice.
From Hangbin Liu.
2) Fix NULL pointer derefernce when exiting a network namespace.
From Hangbin Liu.
3) Fix some error codes in pfkey to prevent a NULL pointer derefernce.
From Dan Carpenter.
4) Fix NULL pointer derefernce on allocation failure in pfkey.
From Dan Carpenter.
5) Adjust IPv6 payload_len to include extension headers. Otherwise
we corrupt the packets when doing ESP GRO on transport mode.
From Yossi Kuperman.
6) Set nhoff to the proper offset of the IPv6 nexthdr when doing ESP GRO.
From Yossi Kuperman.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two entries being added at the same time to the IFLA
policy table, whilst parallel bug fixes to decnet
routing dst handling overlapping with the dst gc removal
in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for connected socket, the incoming_cpu field in the sock struct
is not going to change frequently, but we are setting it
unconditionally for each packet.
Since sk_incoming_cpu and sk_flags share the same cacheline,
and the latter is access by udp_recvmsg(), this cause a cache
miss for each packet for UDP connected socket.
With this patch, we set the incoming cpu field only when the
ingress cpu really changes.
This gives a small but measurable performance improvement for
connected UDP socket.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, percpu_counter_add is a wrapper around __percpu_counter_add
which is preempt safe due to explicit calls to preempt_disable. Given
how __ prefix is used in percpu related interfaces, the naming
unfortunately creates the false sense that __percpu_counter_add is
less safe than percpu_counter_add. In terms of context-safety,
they're equivalent. The only difference is that the __ version takes
a batch parameter.
Make this a bit more explicit by just renaming __percpu_counter_add to
percpu_counter_add_batch.
This patch doesn't cause any functional changes.
tj: Minor updates to patch description for clarity. Cosmetic
indentation updates.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <nborisov@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
It's a bad thing not to handle errors when updating asoc. The memory
allocation failure in any of the functions called in sctp_assoc_update()
would cause sctp to work unexpectedly.
This patch is to fix it by aborting the asoc and reporting the error when
any of these functions fails.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Multicast addresses are never valid as local address
* Link-local IPv6 unicast addresses may only be used as remote when the
local address is link-local as well
* Don't allow link-local IPv6 local/remote addresses without interface
We also store in the flags field if link-local addresses are used for the
follow-up patches that actually make VXLAN over link-local IPv6 work.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to keep the flags twice in vxlan_dev and
vxlan_config.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename:
wait_queue_t => wait_queue_entry_t
'wait_queue_t' was always a slight misnomer: its name implies that it's a "queue",
but in reality it's a queue *entry*. The 'real' queue is the wait queue head,
which had to carry the name.
Start sorting this out by renaming it to 'wait_queue_entry_t'.
This also allows the real structure name 'struct __wait_queue' to
lose its double underscore and become 'struct wait_queue_entry',
which is the more canonical nomenclature for such data types.
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Replace first padding in the tcp_md5sig structure with a new flag field
and address prefix length so it can be specified when configuring a new
key for TCP MD5 signature. The tcpm_flags field will only be used if the
socket option is TCP_MD5SIG_EXT to avoid breaking existing programs, and
tcpm_prefixlen only when the TCP_MD5SIG_FLAG_PREFIX flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Mowat <mowat@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the keys used for TCP MD5 signature to be used for whole
range of addresses, specified with a prefix length, instead of only one
address as it currently is.
Signed-off-by: Bob Gilligan <gilligan@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Mowat <mowat@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't support anything larger than NFPROTO_MAX, so we can shrink this a bit:
text data dec hex filename
old: 8259 1096 9355 248b net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o
new: 8259 624 8883 22b3 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.o
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Quoting Joe Stringer:
If a user loads nf_conntrack_ftp, sends FTP traffic through a network
namespace, destroys that namespace then unloads the FTP helper module,
then the kernel will crash.
Events that lead to the crash:
1. conntrack is created with ftp helper in netns x
2. This netns is destroyed
3. netns destruction is scheduled
4. netns destruction wq starts, removes netns from global list
5. ftp helper is unloaded, which resets all helpers of the conntracks
via for_each_net()
but because netns is already gone from list the for_each_net() loop
doesn't include it, therefore all of these conntracks are unaffected.
6. helper module unload finishes
7. netns wq invokes destructor for rmmod'ed helper
CC: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joe@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is meant to add a debug warning on the situation where dst is
being held during its destroy phase. This could potentially cause double
free issue on the dst.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As some dst flags are removed, reorder the dst flags to fill in the
blanks.
Note: these flags are not exposed into user space. So it is safe to
reorder.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DST_NOCACHE flag check has been removed from dst_release() and
dst_hold_safe() in a previous patch because all the dst are now ref
counted properly and can be released based on refcnt only.
Looking at the rest of the DST_NOCACHE use, all of them can now be
removed or replaced with other checks.
So this patch gets rid of all the DST_NOCACHE usage and remove this flag
completely.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all the components have been changed to release dst based on
refcnt only and not depend on dst gc anymore, we can remove the
temporary flag DST_NOGC.
Note that we also need to remove the DST_NOCACHE check in dst_release()
and dst_hold_safe() because now all the dst are released based on refcnt
and behaves as DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all dst gc related code and all the dst free
functions
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the creation of xfrm_dst bundle, always take ref count when
allocating the dst. This way, xfrm_bundle_create() will form a linked
list of dst with dst->child pointing to a ref counted dst child. And
the returned dst pointer is also ref counted. This makes the link from
the flow cache to this dst now ref counted properly.
As the dst is always ref counted properly, we can safely mark
DST_NOGC flag so dst_release() will release dst based on refcnt only.
And dst gc is no longer needed and all dst_free() and its related
function calls should be replaced with dst_release() or
dst_release_immediate().
The special handling logic for dst->child in dst_destroy() can be
replaced with a simple dst_release_immediate() call on the child to
release the whole list linked by dst->child pointer.
Previously used DST_NOHASH flag is not needed anymore as well. The
reason that DST_NOHASH is used in the existing code is mainly to prevent
the dst inserted in the fib tree to be wrongly destroyed during the
deletion of the xfrm_dst bundle. So in the existing code, DST_NOHASH
flag is marked in all the dst children except the one which is in the
fib tree.
However, with this patch series to remove dst gc logic and release dst
only based on ref count, it is safe to release all the children from a
xfrm_dst bundle as long as the dst children are all ref counted
properly which is already the case in the existing code.
So, this patch removes the use of DST_NOHASH flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmp6 dst route is currently ref counted during creation and will be
freed by user during its call of dst_release(). So no need of a garbage
collector for it.
Remove all icmp6 dst garbage collector related code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch checks all the calls to
dst_hold()/skb_dst_force()/dst_clone()/dst_use() to see if
dst_hold_safe() is needed to avoid double free issue if dst
gc is removed and dst_release() directly destroys dst when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0.
In tx path, TCP hold sk->sk_rx_dst ref count and also hold sock_lock().
UDP and other similar protocols always hold refcount for
skb->_skb_refdst. So both paths seem to be safe.
In rx path, as it is lockless and skb_dst_set_noref() is likely to be
used, dst_hold_safe() should always be used when trying to hold dst.
In the routing code, if dst is held during an rcu protected session, it
is necessary to call dst_hold_safe() as the current dst might be in its
rcu grace period.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function should be called when removing routes from fib tree after
the dst gc is no longer in use.
We first mark DST_OBSOLETE_DEAD on this dst to make sure next
dst_ops->check() fails and returns NULL.
Secondly, as we no longer keep the gc_list, we need to properly
release dst->dev right at the moment when the dst is removed from
the fib/fib6 tree.
It does the following:
1. change dst->input and output pointers to dst_discard/dst_dscard_out to
discard all packets
2. replace dst->dev with loopback interface
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current mechanism of freeing dst is a bit complicated. dst has its
ref count and when user grabs the reference to the dst, the ref count is
properly taken in most cases except in IPv4/IPv6/decnet/xfrm routing
code due to some historic reasons.
If the reference to dst is always taken properly, we should be able to
simplify the logic in dst_release() to destroy dst when dst->__refcnt
drops from 1 to 0. And this should be the only condition to determine
if we can call dst_destroy().
And as dst is always ref counted, there is no need for a dst garbage
list to hold the dst entries that already get removed by the routing
code but are still held by other users. And the task to periodically
check the list to free dst if ref count become 0 is also not needed
anymore.
This patch introduces a temporary flag DST_NOGC(no garbage collector).
If it is set in the dst, dst_release() will call dst_destroy() when
dst->__refcnt drops to 0. dst_hold_safe() will also check for this flag
and do atomic_inc_not_zero() similar as DST_NOCACHE to avoid double free
issue.
This temporary flag is mainly used so that we can make the transition
component by component without breaking other parts.
This flag will be removed after all components are properly transitioned.
This patch also introduces a new function dst_release_immediate() which
destroys dst without waiting on the rcu when refcnt drops to 0. It will
be used in later patches.
Follow-up patches will correct all the places to properly take ref count
on dst and mark DST_NOGC. dst_release() or dst_release_immediate() will
be used to release the dst instead of dst_free() and its related
functions.
And final clean-up patch will remove the DST_NOGC flag.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Software implementation of transport layer security, implemented using ULP
infrastructure. tcp proto_ops are replaced with tls equivalents of sendmsg and
sendpage.
Only symmetric crypto is done in the kernel, keys are passed by setsockopt
after the handshake is complete. All control messages are supported via CMSG
data - the actual symmetric encryption is the same, just the message type needs
to be passed separately.
For user API, please see Documentation patch.
Pieces that can be shared between hw and sw implementation
are in tls_main.c
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export do_tcp_sendpages and tcp_rate_check_app_limited, since tls will need to
sendpages while the socket is already locked.
tcp_sendpage is exported, but requires the socket lock to not be held already.
Signed-off-by: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the infrustructure for attaching Upper Layer Protocols (ULPs) over TCP
sockets. Based on a similar infrastructure in tcp_cong. The idea is that any
ULP can add its own logic by changing the TCP proto_ops structure to its own
methods.
Example usage:
setsockopt(sock, SOL_TCP, TCP_ULP, "tls", sizeof("tls"));
modules will call:
tcp_register_ulp(&tcp_tls_ulp_ops);
to register/unregister their ulp, with an init function and name.
A list of registered ulps will be returned by tcp_get_available_ulp, which is
hooked up to /proc. Example:
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_available_ulp
tls
There is currently no functionality to remove or chain ULPs, but
it should be possible to add these in the future if needed.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, struct iwreq isn't a proper subset of struct ifreq,
but is still handled by the same code path. Robert reported that
then applications may (randomly) fault if the struct iwreq they
pass happens to land within 8 bytes of the end of a mapping (the
struct is only 32 bytes, vs. struct ifreq's 40 bytes).
To fix this, pull out the code handling wireless extension ioctls
and copy only the smaller structure in this case.
This bug goes back a long time, I tracked that it was introduced
into mainline in 2.1.15, over 20 years ago!
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195869
Reported-by: Robert O'Callahan <robert@ocallahan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the
dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be
important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission
of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load
balancing) and forwarding decisions.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct
dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained
within the dsa_port structure.
This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove
dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one
instance of the common object we have for a port: struct
dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be
helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and
also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series
would address.
While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to
immediately get a reference on the master network device called
dsa_master_netdev().
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* merged net-next back to get a patch from net that another patch
here depends on
* various small improvements/cleanups across the board
* 4-way handshake offload (many thanks to Arend for shepherding that)
* mesh CSA/DFS support in mac80211
* the skb_put_zero() we discussed previously
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=x2vs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-06-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A couple of weeks worth of updates - looks like things are quiet:
* merged net-next back to get a patch from net that another patch
here depends on
* various small improvements/cleanups across the board
* 4-way handshake offload (many thanks to Arend for shepherding that)
* mesh CSA/DFS support in mac80211
* the skb_put_zero() we discussed previously
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that initiate roaming while being connected to a network that
uses 802.1X authentication need to inform user space if 802.1X
authentication is further required after roaming.
For example, when using the Fast transition protocol, roaming within
the mobility domain does not require new 802.1X authentication, but
roaming to another mobility domain does.
In addition, some drivers may not support 802.1X authentication
(so it has to be done in user space), while other drivers do.
Add a flag to the roaming notification to indicate if user space is
required to do 802.1X authentication after the roaming or not.
This flag will only be used for networks that use 802.1X
authentication. For networks that do not use 802.1X authentication it
is assumed that no further action is required from user space after
the roaming notification.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com reuse NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[rebase to apply w/o the flag in CONNECT]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
